Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Packaged Foods / DAVIDsTEA

DAVIDsTEA

dtea · NASDAQ Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker dtea
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Packaged Foods
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · DAVIDsTEA
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended February 2, 2019

OR

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ________ to ________

Commission file number 001-37404

DAVIDsTEA Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Canada
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or
organization)

98-1048842

(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

5430 Ferrier Mount-Royal, Québec, Canada, H4P 1M2
(Address of principal executive offices)

(888) 873-0006
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of 
Each Class
Common shares, no par 
value per share

Name of Each Exchange on 
Which Registered
NASDAQ 
Global Market

Trading Symbol 
for Each Class
DTEA

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐

No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

Yes ☐ No x

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file
such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ☐

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be
submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter
period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller
reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller
reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer

☐
x

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company

☐
☐
x

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period

for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. x

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No x

As of August 3, 2018, the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value

of the registrant’s Common Shares held by non-affiliates was US$37,327,359.

As of April 17, 2019, 26,018,832 common shares of the registrant were outstanding.

The brand, service or product names or marks referred to in this Annual Report are trademarks or services marks, registered

or otherwise, of DAVIDsTEA Inc. and our consolidated subsidiary.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXPLANATORY NOTE

DAVIDsTEA Inc. (the “Company”), a corporation incorporated under the Canada Business Corporations Act, qualifies as a
foreign private issuer in the United States for purposes of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).
The Company has chosen to file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K
with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) instead of filing on the reporting forms available to foreign
private issuers, although the Company is not required to do so. We are permitted to file our audited consolidated financial
statements with the SEC under International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting
Standards Board (“IASB”), without a reconciliation to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). As a result,
we do not prepare a reconciliation of our results to U.S. GAAP. It is possible that certain of our accounting policies could be
different from U.S. GAAP.

The Company prepares and files a management proxy circular and related material under Canadian requirements. As the
Company’s management proxy circular is not filed pursuant to Regulation 14A, the Company may not incorporate by reference
information required by Part III of this Form 10-K from its management proxy circular.

In this annual report on Form 10-K, unless otherwise specified, all monetary amounts are in Canadian dollars, all references

to “$,” “C$,” “CAD”, “CND$”, “CDN$,” “CDN,” “Canadian dollars” and “dollars” mean Canadian dollars and all references to
“U.S. dollars,” “US$” and “USD” mean U.S. dollars.

All references to our website contained herein do not constitute incorporation by reference of information contained on such

websites and such information should not be considered part of this document.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS
RISK FACTORS
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
PROPERTIES
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCK  HOLDER  MATTERS  AND  ISSUER
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT’S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND  RESULTS  FROM
OPERATIONS
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE  
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
OTHER INFORMATION

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND  RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

PART I

ITEM 1.
ITEM 1A.
ITEM 1B.
ITEM 2.
ITEM 3.
ITEM 4.

PART II

ITEM 5.

ITEM 6.

ITEM 7.

ITEM 7A.
ITEM 8.
ITEM 9.
ITEM 9A.
ITEM 9B.

PART III

ITEM 10.
ITEM 11.

ITEM 12.

ITEM 13.
ITEM 14.

PART IV

ITEM 15.
ITEM 16.

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
FORM 10-K SUMMARY

SIGNATURES

3

Page

5  
10  
25  
25  
26  
26

27

27
28  

29
44  
45  
80  
80  
80

81

81  
88  

96
98  
99

100  
102

103

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

PART I

This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  includes  statements  that  express  our  opinions,  expectations,  beliefs,  plans,  objectives,
assumptions  or  projections  regarding  future  events  or  future  results  and  there  are,  or  may  be  deemed  to  be,  “forward-looking
statements”  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995  (the  “Act”).  The  following  cautionary
statements  are  being  made  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  the  Act  and  with  the  intention  of  obtaining  the  benefits  of  the  “safe
harbor”  provisions  of  the  Act.  These  forward-looking  statements  can  generally  be  identified  by  the  use  of  forward-looking
terminology, including the terms “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “seeks,” “projects,” “approximately,”
“intends,” “plans,” “estimates” or “anticipates,” or, in each case, their negatives or other variations or comparable terminology.
These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout
this  Annual  Report  and  include  statements  regarding  our  intentions,  beliefs  or  current  expectations  concerning,  among  other
things, our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, competitive strengths and differentiators, strategy, long-
term  Adjusted  EBITDA  margin  potential,  dividend  policy,  impact  of  the  macroeconomic  environment,  properties,  outcome  of
litigation and legal proceedings, use of cash and operating and capital expenditures, impact of new accounting pronouncements,
impact of improvements to internal control and financial reporting.

While we believe these expectations and projections are based on reasonable assumptions, such forward-looking statements
are  inherently  subject  to  risks,  uncertainties  and  assumptions  about  us,  including  the  risk  factors  listed  under  Item  1A.  Risk
Factors, as well as other cautionary language in this Form 10-K.

Actual results may differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including

but not limited to, the following:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

Our ability to manage significant changes to our Board of Directors and leadership team;

Our efforts to expand beyond retail stores;

Our ability to maintain our brand image;

Significant competition within our industry;

The effect of a decrease in customer traffic to the shopping malls, centers and street locations where our stores are located;

The results of our transfer pricing audit;

Our  ability  to  attract  and  retain  employees  that  embody  our  culture,  including  Tea  Guides  and  store  and  district  managers  and  regional
directors;

Changes in consumer preferences and economic conditions affecting disposable income;

Our ability to source, develop and market new varieties of teas, tea accessories, food and beverages;

Our reliance upon the continued retention of key personnel;

The impact from real or perceived quality or safety issues with our teas, tea accessories, food and beverages;

Our ability to obtain quality products from third-party manufacturers and suppliers on a timely basis or in sufficient quantities;

The impact of weather conditions, natural disasters and manmade disasters on the supply and price of tea;

Actual or attempted breaches of data security;

The costs of protecting and enforcing our intellectual property rights and defending against intellectual property claims brought by others;

Adverse publicity as a result of public disagreements with our shareholders;

Fluctuations in exchange rates; and

The seasonality of our business.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

All forward-looking statements should be evaluated with the understanding of their inherent uncertainty. These statements
are  based  upon  information  available  to  us  as  of  the  date  of  this  Form  10-K,  and  while  we  believe  such  information  forms  a
reasonable  basis  for  such  statements,  such  information  may  be  limited  or  incomplete,  and  our  statements  should  not  be  read  to
indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially-available relevant information. In light of
these  risks,  uncertainties  and  assumptions,  the  forward-looking  events  discussed  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  might  not
occur, and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Form 10-K. Except as required under federal securities laws
and the rules and regulations of the SEC, we do not have any intention to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events
or circumstances arising after the date of this Form 10-K, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. As a
result  of  these  risks  and  uncertainties,  readers  are  cautioned  not  to  place  undue  reliance  on  the  forward-looking  statements
included in this Form 10-K or that may be made elsewhere from time to time by, or on behalf of, us. All forward-looking statements
attributable to us are expressly qualified by these cautionary statements.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

DAVIDsTEA’s  common  shares  trade  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Market  under  the  symbol  “DTEA”.  Unless  the  context
otherwise requires, the terms “we,” “our,” “us,” “DAVIDsTEA” and the “Company” refer to DAVIDsTEA Inc. and its subsidiary.
All references to “Fiscal 2016” are to the Company’s fiscal year ended January 28, 2017. All references to “Fiscal 2017” are to
the  Company’s  fiscal  year  ended  February  3,  2018.  All  references  to  “Fiscal  2018”  are  to  the  Company’s  fiscal  year  ended
February 2, 2019.

The  Company’s  fiscal  year  ends  on  the  Saturday  closest  to  the  end  of  January,  typically  resulting  in  a  52-week  year,  but
occasionally giving rise to an additional week, resulting in a 53-week year. The years ended January 30, 2016, January 28, 2017
and February 2, 2019 cover a 52-week period. The year ended February 3, 2018 covers a 53-week fiscal period.

Our Company

DAVIDsTEA  is  a  branded  retailer  of  specialty  tea,  offering  a  differentiated  selection  of  proprietary  loose-leaf  teas,  pre-
packaged  teas,  tea  sachets,  tea-related  gifts,  accessories,  food  and  beverages  primarily  through  237  company-operated
DAVIDsTEA  stores  as  of  February  2,  2019,  and  our  website,  davidstea.com.  We  offer  primarily  proprietary  tea  blends  that  are
exclusive to DAVIDsTEA, as well as traditional single-origin teas and herbs. Our passion for and knowledge of tea permeates our
culture and is rooted in an excitement to explore the taste, health and lifestyle elements of tea.

In our retail stores, we strive to make the enjoyment of tea a multi‑sensory experience by facilitating customers’ interaction
with  our  products  through  education  and  sampling,  which  allows  our  customers  the  opportunity  to  appreciate  the  compelling
attributes of tea as well as the ease of preparation. We design our stores with a modern and minimalistic aesthetic that, coupled with
our teal‑colored logo, create an inviting atmosphere and stand in stark contrast to common perceptions of tea as a more traditional
product. Our in‑store “Tea Guides” help novice and experienced tea drinkers alike select from the approximately 135 premium teas
and tea blends featured on our “Tea Wall,” which is the focal point of our stores.

Our website presents customers with educational information to guide their exploration of tea, serving a similar function as

the “Tea Guides” in our retail stores. Additionally, on our website customers can purchase our full assortment of premium
loose‑leaf teas, pre-packaged teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts and accessories, as well as certain products that are exclusive to
our website.

We have a dedicated and highly experienced product development team that is constantly creating new tea blends using

high‑quality ingredients from around the world and identifying new tea products designed to match customers’ tastes as they
evolve. We capitalize on our product development capabilities by rotating new tea blends each year into our offering. The product
development team also infuses innovation into our loose-leaf teas, pre-packaged teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts, accessories,
food and beverages, providing our customers with fun, inventive and convenient ways to enjoy tea.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We intend to focus our attention on continuing to improve and develop new and innovative teas products and tea-related gift
offerings. To enhance our retail operations, we plan to reinvigorate our stores through creative merchandising that better highlights
the functional benefits of our growing wellness collection of teas. We plan to grow our latte and custom beverage experience and
offerings. We also plan to build on the investments we have already made in our website. Aiming to simulate for our online
customers the experience of our retail stores, we plan to provide customers additional expertise published by our Tea Guides, a
community-focused platform that builds on our existing customers and fans, and other features designed to facilitate our customers
in their discovery of tea. Relatedly, we also plan to continue to implement new digital marketing strategies not only to retain the
business of existing customers, but to also increase brand awareness and attractiveness to potential new customers. Finally, we
intend to expand our wholesale channel, strategically placing our tea products in specialty grocery stores, pharmacies, hotels and
restaurants, which will allow us to continue to enhance brand awareness of DAVIDsTEA throughout Canada and the United States.

Our Market and Competition

The markets for tea products in Canada and the United States are highly fragmented. We compete with a large number of
relatively small independently owned tea retailers and a number of regional tea retailers, as well as retailers of grocery products,
including loose‑leaf teas, tea sachets and tea-related beverages. We also compete with other vendors of loose‑leaf teas, tea sachets
and ready‑to‑drink teas, such as club stores, wholesalers and internet suppliers, as well as with houseware retailers and suppliers
that offer tea wares and related accessories.

We believe we differentiate ourselves from our competitors because we are considered by our customers as tea experts and

by the excellence of our blended and straight teas, through our distinct retail experience, our broad product offering that ranges
from loose leaf tea to beverage to ready-to-drink (“RTD”), the potential broad demographic appeal of our brand, innovative tea
products driven by customer insights, the effectiveness of our website, www.davidstea.com, and digital and community focused
marketing strategies, and our passionate customer-focused culture supported by our experienced management team and dedicated
board members.

We offer a significant variety of premium loose‑leaf teas and pre-packaged teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts and

accessories. We also offer on‑the‑go tea beverages in our retail stores.

Our Product Offerings

Teas

Our loose‑leaf teas, pre-packaged teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts can be enjoyed by consumers at home, on‑the‑go or

at work. Our different flavors of loose-leaf tea span eight different tea categories: white, green, oolong, black, pu’erh, mate, rooibos
and herbal tea. Our tea collection features over 30% certified organic tea, and to our knowledge makes us the largest organic loose-
leaf provider on the market. We carry only responsibly sourced and fairtrade certified blends. Our teas and ingredients used in our
tea blends are sourced from various regions around the world, including from China, South Korea, Japan, Taiwan, Vietnam, India,
Nepal, Kenya, Sri Lanka and South Africa. In addition to loose‑leaf teas, we sell pre‑packaged teas and tea sachets to make the tea
experience more convenient. Our tea-related gifts include special edition seasonal and holiday gift packages as well as novelty
themed gifts that continue to innovate with new themes, seasonal collections and visually-appealing gift boxes designed for
entertaining. Our tea gifts are all either fully recyclable or compostable.

Tea Accessories

Our tea accessories are created to make the tea preparation process and tea experience more convenient, fun and easy at
home or on-the-go. Tea accessories include tea mugs, travel mugs, teacup sets, teapots, tea makers, kettles, infusers, filters, frothers,
tins and spoons. Many of our accessories are crafted with unique functional features to improve tea preparation and consumption as
well as with visually-appealing colors and designs consistent with our brand aesthetic.

Food and Beverages

Our retail stores offer tea beverages and food products for on‑the‑go consumption. Our beverages range from standard hot or

iced tea to our “Tea Lattes”.

Retail Stores and Operations

Our Stores

Distribution Channels

As of February 2, 2019, our retail footprint consisted of 189 stores in Canada and 48 stores in the United States. Our retail

stores are located primarily within malls, including lifestyle centers and outlets, and on street locations. Each store exterior
prominently displays the DAVIDsTEA teal signage.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6

 
Table of Contents

Distinctive Retail Experience

The DAVIDsTEA experience starts with our in-store Tea Guides. Our employees’ passions for tea and wellness permeate
our culture and are rooted in a deep knowledge of, and desire to share, the compelling attributes of tea. A key element of the retail
experience is our “Tea Wall,” a focal point of the store. Our Tea Guides help to create a highly interactive and immersive multi-
sensory experience for our customers. The Tea Guides facilitate customers’ interaction with our products through education and
sampling, which allows our customers the opportunity to appreciate the compelling attributes of tea as well as the ease of
preparation. Every visit to our stores is designed to create a sense of adventure for our customers, novice and experienced tea
drinkers alike, as our knowledgeable, personable and passionate Tea Guides assist our customers in navigating the “Tea Wall” by
selecting a variety of teas for customers to smell based on their taste preferences.

Site Selection and Store Portfolio

We seek to maintain our stores in strategic locations that support the brand image, targeting high customer traffic locations

primarily within malls, including lifestyle centers and outlets, and on street locations. We regularly review our store portfolio,
identifying new store locations and monitoring existing locations for sufficient levels of customer traffic to maintain successful
stores. We actively monitor and manage the performance of our stores and increasingly seek to incorporate information learned
through the monitoring process into our analyses for future site selection and store retention decisions.

Store Management, Culture and Training

We are guided by a philosophy that recognizes customer service and the importance of delivering optimal performance,

allowing us to identify and reward teams that meet our high standards. We use store-level scorecards that report key performance
indicators, and we provide our store managers with a number of analytical tools to assist them in attaining optimum store
performance including access to the key performance indicator reports, coaching logs for one‑on‑one meetings, weekly one‑on‑one
meetings between our store managers and district managers, and annual evaluations. While our focus is on the overall performance
of the team and our stores, we provide incentives to individual team members, store managers and district managers to encourage
success.

·

·

·

Passion for Tea. We believe our passionate Tea Guides are a major element of our retail experience. We seek to recruit, hire, train, retain and
promote  qualified,  knowledgeable  and  enthusiastic  team  members  who  share  our  passion  for  tea  and  strive  to  deliver  an  extraordinary  retail
experience to our customers.

Extensive Training.  We  have  specific  training  and  certification  requirements  for  all  new  team  members,  including  undergoing  food  handlers’
certification  and  foundational  training.  This  process  helps  ensure  that  all  team  members  educate  our  customers  and  execute  our  standards
accurately and consistently. As team members progress to the assistant manager and manager levels, they undergo additional weeks of training in
sales, operations and management.

Career Development and Individual Enrichment.  We  track  and  reward  team  member  performance,  which  we  believe  incentivizes  excellence
and  helps  us  identify  top  performers.  Identifying  such  talent  integral  in  supporting  our  growth,  as  many  of  our  store  managers  and  district
managers  are  promoted  from  within  our  organization.  In  addition,  we  provide  our  employees  with  career  development  and  opportunities  for
individual enrichment and empowerment.

Our rewarding corporate culture allows us to attract passionate and friendly employees who share a vision of making tea fun

and accessible – which we believe is a key contributor to our success – and also reflects our belief in community engagement and
doing right by our customers and employees.

Digital Retail

Our website, www.davidstea.com, features our full assortment of premium loose‑leaf teas, pre-packaged teas, tea sachets

and tea-related gifts and accessories. To drive increased sales through our website, we utilize online‑specific marketing and
promotions in addition to employing banner advertisements, search engine optimization and pay‑per‑click arrangements to help
drive customer traffic to our website. We will be introducing new marketing and core gap features that will further enhance the
website experience and improve its accessibility for mobile users.

Through our website, we can reach customers who may not live near one of our retail locations. We believe our website and

our stores are complementary, as our website provides our store customers an additional channel through which to purchase our
teas and tea‑related products while also helping drive awareness of and customer traffic to our stores.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Wholesale

We currently sell tea products to Hotel, Restaurant and Institution (“HRI”) distribution channels. In Fiscal 2018, we

launched several select pre-packaged sachet offerings with a national Canadian grocer. We believe that the broad distribution of
select tea blends helps to service not only existing customers but also attract new customers to our exclusive sachet tea offerings,
while ultimately also driving greater brand awareness and traffic to our online and retail stores where our full selection of products
including loose-leaf tea blends and packaged gifts become available.

Marketing and Advertising

We differentiate our business through a field‑based marketing approach to build brand awareness and drive customers to our
stores and website in both new and existing markets. Our events sponsorship group engages directly in the communities around our
stores, driving store visits by participating in both hyper‑local and large‑scale events where they offer product samplings and
beverage coupons. These events are customized for each of our markets and are identified and coordinated by our local store
managers and Tea Guides with support from our dedicated corporate events team.

In addition, we continue to leverage our growing digital presence, including through Facebook, Instagram, Twitter,
Google+, Pinterest, LinkedIn, YouTube, Snapchat and Yelp, to increase our website sales and drive additional store visits within
existing and new markets. Our marketing and advertising efforts are led by a strong marketing and merchandising team.

Product Development and Design

Our tea and merchandising teams travel throughout the world seeking premium teas and tea-related products. These teams

consist of Tea Blend Developers, Product Designers, Category Merchants and Quality Control Personnel, who leverage our
extensive experience in selecting and developing our product assortment. We constantly explore distinctive ingredients, flavors and
trends that are popular in a variety of cultures, which we introduce to our customers through their incorporation in new teas. Our
research and development team works with our blenders and suppliers to create new and exciting flavors of tea, which we rotate
into our product offerings to attract new customers and to continue to pique the interest of existing customers. Our blending process
focuses on magnifying the senses and bringing smell and taste to the forefront. We introduce new flavors and blends each month as
well as around seasonal holidays. Through extensive research, we have identified key customer segments and preferences to help
evaluate our product assortment and we have developed an effective product release cadence. We believe our focus on innovation
and continual product development are key differentiating factors for our brand that drives our customers’ loyalty and supports our
efforts to attract new customers.

Our innovation also extends to creating new and exciting merchandise to make the tea consumption and experience more

convenient and stimulating at home or on-the-go. Since our merchandising team designs and develops most of our products
in‑house, we are better positioned than our competitors who do not have such an in-house function to create the unique and
proprietary designs that make consuming loose‑leaf tea easier and more fun for our customers. We believe the combination of our
product selection and our product innovation allows us to offer customers a distinctive assortment that differentiates us from other
specialty tea retailers.

Sourcing and Manufacturing

We do not own or operate any tea estates or blending operations; instead, we work with vendors who source ingredients for
our teas and tea blends from all over the world. The majority of our tea blenders are in either Germany or the United States. Since
we founded the Company in 2008, we have developed strong relationships with our vendors. These relationships are important, as
we depend on our vendors to provide us with the highest quality teas and ingredients from around the world. Our quality control
process includes both in-house testing and vendor testing. Therefore, in addition to bringing our designs for tea blends to fruition,
our vendors play an important role in quality control and in ensuring our teas meet applicable regulatory guidelines. Our tea
merchandise is sourced from a number of suppliers who manufacture to our unique and proprietary designs.

Warehouse and Distribution Facilities

We distribute our loose-leaf teas, pre-packaged teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts, accessories to our stores and our

online customers from distribution centers in Montréal, Québec, Sherbrooke, Québec and Champlain, New York. We use third-
party logistics facilities in Sherbrooke, Québec and Champlain, New York. The Sherbrooke facility ships to our Canadian stores
and Canadian online customers. The Champlain, New York facility ships to all our U.S. stores and to our U.S. online customers.
Our products are typically shipped to our stores and our online customers via third‑party national transportation providers multiple
times per week.

8

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Management Information Systems

Our management information systems provide a full range of business process supports to our stores, our store operations

and service support center teams. Additionally, we operate our website on an independent platform. We utilize a combination of
industry‑standard and customized software systems to provide various functions related to point of sales, inventory management,
warehouse management, and accounting and financial reporting.

Government Regulation

We are subject to labor and employment laws, import and trade restrictions laws, laws governing advertising, privacy and
data security laws, safety regulations, and other laws, including consumer protection regulations that apply to retailers and/or the
promotion and sale of merchandise and the operation of stores and warehouse facilities. In the United States, we are subject to the
regulatory authority of, among other agencies, the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and the U.S. Food and Drug Administration
(“FDA”). We are also subject to the laws of Canada, including the Canadian Food Inspection Agency, as well as provincial and
local regulations. We monitor changes in these laws and believe that we are in material compliance with applicable laws.

Insurance

We maintain third-party insurance for a number of risk management activities including, but not limited to, workers’

compensation, general liability, property, directors and officers, cyber insurance and employee-related health care benefits. We
evaluate our insurance requirements on an ongoing basis to ensure that we maintain adequate levels of coverage.

Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property

We regard intellectual property and other proprietary rights as important to our success. In addition to registered intellectual

property, such as our patents and marks, we also rely upon trade secrets and know‑how to develop and maintain our competitive
position. We protect our intellectual property rights through a variety of methods, including by availing ourselves of trademark and
trade secret laws and by entering into confidentiality agreements with vendors, employees, consultants and others who have access
to our proprietary information.

We own several trademarks and servicemarks that have been registered with the Canadian Intellectual Property Office and
the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, including DAVIDsTEA®. We have also registered our stylized logos, and we own domain
names, including www.davidstea.com. In addition, we have registered or have applied to register one or more of our marks in a
number of foreign countries and expect to continue to do so in the future. However, we cannot be certain that we can obtain the
registration for the marks in every country where we apply for registration.

We must constantly protect against any infringement by competitors. If we believe a competitor has infringed or is

infringing upon our rights, we may take legal action, which could result in litigation, in which case we may incur significant
expenses and divert significant attention from our business operations.

Employees

As of the end of Fiscal 2018, we had 2,901 associates. As of February 2, 2019, we employed a total of 487 full‑time
employees and 2,414 part‑time employees, with 467 in the United States and 2,434 in Canada. Of all those employees, 2,671 were
employed in our store network and 230 were employed in corporate, distribution and direct channel support functions. None of our
employees is represented by a labor union. We believe we have a good relationship with our employees.

Seasonality

Our business experiences seasonal fluctuations, reflecting increased sales during the holiday season in November and
December. Our sales and income are generally highest in the fourth quarter, which includes the holiday sales period, and tends to be
lowest in the second and third fiscal quarters. Therefore, operating results for any fiscal quarter are not necessarily indicative of
results for the full fiscal year. To prepare for the holiday season, we must increase our inventory levels above those maintained
during the rest of the year. We expect inventory levels, along with an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses, to reach
their highest levels in the third and fourth quarters in anticipation of the increased net sales during the holiday season. As a result of
this seasonality, and generally because of variations in consumer spending habits, we experience fluctuations in net sales, earnings
and working capital requirements during the year.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Corporate Information

DAVIDsTEA Inc. was incorporated under the Canada Business Corporations Act, or the CBCA, on April 29, 2008, and our

principal executive offices are located at 5430 Ferrier Street, Mount‑Royal, Québec, Canada, H4P 1M2. Our telephone number at
our principal executive offices is (888) 873‑0006. Our website address is www.davidstea.com.

DAVIDsTEA Inc. owns a 100% equity interest in its sole subsidiary, DAVIDsTEA (USA) Inc., a corporation organized

under the laws of Delaware.

Available Information

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and any
amendments to these reports are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the Québec Autorité des
marchés financiers (the “AMF”). We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities
Act”) and the Exchange Act, and we file or furnish reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC and/or the AMF
as required by applicable law.

Our website is located at www.davidstea.com, and our investor relations website is located at http://ir.davidstea.com. The

contents of our website are not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our electronic filings with the SEC and the AMF
(including all annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K, and any
amendments to these reports), including the exhibits, are available, free of charge, on our investor relations website as soon as
reasonably practicable after we electronically file them with the SEC and the AMF. To request a printed copy of this Annual Report
on Form 10-K or consolidated financial statements and related MD&A as of and for the year ended February 2, 2019, which we
will provide without charge, please contact the Company’s Chief Financial Officer at 5430, Ferrier Street, Town of Mount-Royal,
H4P 1M2, or send an email to investors@davidstea.com. Additional information relating to the Company, including directors’ and
officers’ remuneration and indebtedness, principal holders of the Company’s securities and securities authorized for issuance under
equity compensation plans is also contained in the Company’s information circular, which will be available on SEDAR at
www.sedar.com or on EDGAR at www.sec.gov.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information
contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in our other public disclosures. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our
business, prospects, operating results and financial condition could suffer materially, the trading price of our common shares could
decline and you could lose all or part of your investment. Although we believe that we have identified and discussed below the key
risk factors affecting our business, there may be additional risks and uncertainties that are not presently known to us or that are
currently deemed immaterial that may adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

Recent  significant  changes  to  our  board  of  directors  and  our  executive  leadership  team,  any  future  loss  of  directors  or
executives, and the resulting transitions might harm our future operating results.

We have recently experienced significant changes to our board of directors and our leadership team. In June 2018, our
shareholders elected seven new directors, two of whom subsequently resigned and were replaced in August 2018. We have an
interim Chief Executive Officer and several other new members of our leadership team, including our Chief Financial Officer, our
VP Supply Chain, our VP Marketing and VP of eCommerce, each of whom have joined the Company recently. These types of
board and leadership changes have the potential to disrupt our operations due to the operational and administrative inefficiencies,
added costs, decreased employee morale, uncertainty and decreased productivity among our employees, increased likelihood of
turnover, and the loss of personnel with deep institutional knowledge, which could result in significant disruptions to our
operations. In addition, we must successfully integrate the new leadership team within our organization in order to achieve our
operating objectives, and changes in key leadership positions may temporarily affect our financial performance and results of
operations as new leadership becomes familiar with our business. These changes could increase the volatility of our stock price. In
addition, the loss of any of these individuals could significantly delay, prevent the achievement of, or make it more difficult for us
to pursue and execute on our business objectives, and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
operating results. If we are unable to mitigate these or other similar risks, our business, results of operations and financial condition
may be adversely affected.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could
adversely affect our results from operations and financial condition.

We are subject to taxes by the U.S. federal and state tax authorities as well as Canadian federal, provincial and local tax
authorities, and our tax liabilities will be affected by the allocation of profits and expenses to differing jurisdictions. Our future
effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

·

·

·

changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, including as a result of the tax reform bill in the United States known as the Tax
Cuts and Jobs Act;

changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof; or

future  earnings  being  lower  than  anticipated  in  jurisdictions  where  we  have  lower  statutory  tax  rates  and  higher  than  anticipated  earnings  in
jurisdictions where we have higher statutory tax rates.

We may be subject to audits of our income, sales and other transaction taxes by these tax authorities. Outcomes from these

audits could have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Our transfer pricing policies are subject to audit, an unfavorable outcome to which could take a disproportionate share of our
management’s attention and negatively affect our financial condition.

We and our subsidiary engage in a number of intercompany transactions in various jurisdictions. Such activity subjects us to

complex transfer pricing regulations in the countries in which we operate. There is a relatively high degree of uncertainty and
inherent subjectivity in complying with these regulations. Tax examinations similarly are often complex, and tax authorities may
disagree with the treatment of items reported by us and our transfer pricing methodology.

We are currently undergoing an audit by the Canada Revenue Agency (the “CRA”) on the subject of transfer pricing. We

believe that these transactions reflect the accurate economic allocation of profit and risk and that proper contemporaneous transfer
pricing documentation is in place. However, the ultimate outcome of any examination with respect to amounts owed by us may
differ from the amounts recorded in our financial statements and might also include penalties and interest. Preliminary findings
from the transfer pricing audit indicates a difference in the interpretation of the economics of the arrangement. Appealing an
unfavorable outcome could require significant attention of senior management to the detriment of other aspects of our business. As
well, the difference between what we have reserved and what the CRA auditors may find we owe may materially affect our
financial position and financial results in the period or periods for which such determination is made.

Because our business is highly concentrated on a single, discretionary product category – tea, including loose-leaf teas, pre-
packaged teas, tea sachets, and tea-related gifts, accessories, and food and beverages – we are vulnerable to changes in
consumer preferences and in economic conditions affecting disposable income that could harm our financial results.

Our business is not diversified and consists primarily of developing, sourcing, marketing and selling loose-leaf teas, pre-
packaged teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts, accessories, and food and beverages. Consumers’ preferences change rapidly and
without warning, moving from one trend to another among many retail concepts. Therefore, our business is substantially dependent
on our ability to educate consumers on the many positive attributes of tea and anticipate shifts in consumers’ tastes. Any future
shifts in consumer preferences away from the consumption of beverages brewed from premium loose‑leaf teas would also have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations. In particular, there has been an increasing focus on health and wellness, which
we believe has increased demand for products, such as our teas, that are perceived to be healthier than other beverage alternatives.
If such consumer preference trends change, or if our teas are not perceived to be healthier than other beverage alternatives, our
financial results could be adversely affected.

Consumer purchases of specialty retail products, including our products, are discretionary in nature and are historically

affected by economic conditions such as changes in employment, salary and wage levels, and confidence in prevailing and future
economic conditions. These discretionary purchases may decline during recessionary periods or at other times when disposable
income is lower. Our financial performance may become susceptible to economic and other conditions in regions where we have a
significant number of stores. Our continued success will depend, in part, on our ability to anticipate, identify and respond quickly to
changing consumer preferences and economic conditions.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We may not be able to obtain credit when desired on favorable terms, if at all, which may impact our ability to execute our
current or future business strategies.

We anticipate that our current cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our current and anticipated needs for

general corporate purposes during the next 12 months. However, it is possible that we may not generate sufficient cash flow from
operations or otherwise have the capital resources to meet our future capital needs. In addition, we may not have access to the funds
available under our credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with the Bank of Montréal and BMO Capital Markets (collectively,
the “Lender”). We are currently renegotiating our Credit Agreement with the Lender. As our negotiations with the Lender are
ongoing, the outcome of such negotiations remains uncertain. If we are successful in renegotiating our Credit Agreement and then
breach covenants in that renegotiated credit agreement, the Lender could make the loans outstanding under that renegotiated credit
agreement immediately due and payable. If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or otherwise, we may need
additional financing to execute our current or future business strategies. We cannot assure you that additional financing will be
available to us on favorable terms, if at all. To the contrary, we expect that future lending would be under more restrictive terms
than those presently upon us. If adequate funds are not available or not available on acceptable terms, if and when needed, our
ability to fund our operations, meet obligations in the normal course of business, take advantage of strategic opportunities, or
otherwise respond to competitive pressures would be significantly limited.

We have defaulted on the Credit Agreement. Although the Lender is forbearing declaring any event of default, if we do not
successfully cure our default, in the event we need funds to execute our strategy, the Lender could limit access to liquidity,
which would have negative consequences on our long-term business plan.

On April 24, 2015, we entered into the Credit Agreement with the Lender. The Credit Agreement was amended on
September 15, 2016 and June 11, 2018. The Credit Agreement contains various affirmative and negative covenants. Among the
covenants are maintenance of a coverage ratio, which requires that we maintain on a consolidated basis a minimum fixed charge
coverage ratio of 1.10:1.00; delivery of a borrower base certificate and a compliance certificate; and delivery of a quarterly
compliance certificate. Failure to abide by one of these financial and reporting covenants constitutes an event of default under the
Credit Agreement.

On February 5, 2019, we received a notice from the Lender that we were in breach of the Credit Agreement’s financial and

reporting covenants. In the same notice, the Lender indicated that it was tolerating the existence of these events of default. We have
entered into good-faith negotiations with the Lender to replace terms of the Credit Agreement with those we intend to be able to
keep. In the meantime, we are unable to make any borrowing requests until a new agreement has been entered into, or as otherwise
permitted in writing by the Lender. This could limit immediate access to liquidity, which would have a negative outcome on our
financial condition. Further, the Lender has not waived any events of default and reserved all of its rights under the Credit
Agreement. Declaration of an event of default would raise serious doubts about our ability to borrow money on terms favorable to
us, which would have negative consequences on our ability to achieve our long-term business plan or to take advantage of future
opportunities.

Expanding our focus to online sales and wholesale alongside our retail stores will require us to continue to expand and improve
our operations and could strain our operational, managerial and administrative resources, which may adversely affect our
business.

Growing our business in historically non-core channels will place increased demands on our operational, managerial,
administrative and other resources, which may be inadequate to support our expansion. Our senior management team may be
unable to effectively address challenges involved with expansion forecasts for the future. It may also require us to enhance our
store management systems, financial and management controls and information systems, and to hire, train and retain personnel.
Implementing new systems, controls and procedures, to our infrastructure and any changes to our existing operational, managerial,
administrative and other resources could negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We have experienced a slowdown in the growth rate of our business during the past few years and negative comparable store
sales, meaning our former high levels of growth may not be achieved in future periods.

We have experienced significant fluctuation in the growth rate of our business during the last several years. Although we

have planned initiatives to support the growth of our business, such as continued investment in our online presence, increased
marketing and product development to support our wholesale business, or changes to our promotional strategy, we cannot be sure
that these initiatives will not negatively affect our gross margins in the short term depending on the timing and extent of our
realization of the costs and benefits of such initiatives.

Similarly, we may not be able to regain the levels of comparable store sales that we have experienced historically. If our

future comparable store sales continue to decline, our financial results will suffer. A variety of factors affect comparable store sales
including increasing consumer use of e-commerce online retail options, which may not be recaptured by consumers’ use of our
website, consumer tastes, competition, current economic conditions, pricing, and decreases in consumer traffic in shopping malls or
other locations in which our stores are located. These factors may cause our comparable store sales results to be materially lower
than previous periods and our expectations, which could harm our results of operations and result in a decline in the price of our
common shares.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12

 
 
Table of Contents

We face significant competition from other specialty tea and beverage retailers and retailers of grocery products, which could
adversely affect our growth plans and us.

The U.S. and Canadian tea markets are highly fragmented. We compete directly with a large number of relatively small

independently owned tea retailers and a number of regional tea retailers, as well as retailers of grocery products, including
loose‑leaf teas, tea sachets and other beverages. We must spend considerable resources to differentiate our customer and product
experience. Some of our competitors may have greater financial, marketing and operating resources than we do. Therefore, despite
our efforts, our competitors may be more successful than us in attracting customers.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to source, develop and market new varieties of teas and tea blends, tea-
related gifts, accessories, and food and beverages that meet our high standards and customer preferences.

We currently offer approximately 135 varieties of teas and tea blends and a wide assortment of tea-related gifts, accessories

and food and beverages. Our success depends in part on our ability to continually innovate, develop, source and market new
varieties of loose-leaf teas, pre-packaged teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts, accessories, and food and beverages that both meet
our standards for quality and appeal to customers’ preferences. We have conducted extensive customer market research in order to
target our development, however, failure to innovate, develop, source and market new varieties of loose-leaf teas, pre-packaged
teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts, accessories, and food and beverages that consumers want to buy could lead to a decrease in
our sales and profitability.

Because we rely on a limited number of third‑party suppliers and manufacturers, we may not be able to obtain quality products
on a timely basis or in sufficient quantities.

We rely on a limited number of decentralized vendors to supply us with straight tea and specially blended teas on a

continuous basis. Our financial performance depends in large part on our ability to purchase tea in sufficient quantities at
competitive prices from these vendors. In general, we do not have long‑term purchase contracts or other contractual assurances of
continued supply, pricing or exclusive access to products from these vendors.

Any of our suppliers or manufacturers could discontinue supplying us with teas in sufficient quantities for a variety of
reasons. The benefits we currently experience from our supplier and manufacturer relationships could be adversely affected if they:

·

·

·

·

raise the prices they charge us;

discontinue selling products to us;

sell similar or identical products to our competitors; or

enter into arrangements with competitors that could impair our ability to sell our suppliers’ and manufacturers’ products, including by giving our
competitors exclusive licensing arrangements or exclusive access to tea blends or limiting our access to such arrangements or blends.

Events that adversely affect our vendors could impair our ability to obtain inventory in the quantities and at the quality that
we desire. Such events include difficulties or problems with our vendors’ businesses, finances, labor relations, ability to import raw
materials, costs, production, insurance and reputation, as well as natural disasters or other catastrophic occurrences.

More generally, if we experience significant increased demand for our loose-leaf teas, pre-packaged teas, tea sachets and

tea-related gifts, accessories, or food and beverages, or need to replace an existing vendor, additional supplies or additional
manufacturing capacity may not be available when required on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all, and that any new vendor
may not allocate sufficient capacity to us in order to meet our requirements, fill our orders in a timely manner or meet our strict
quality requirements. In the event we are required to find new sources of supply, we may encounter delays in production,
inconsistencies in quality and added costs as a result of the time it takes to train our suppliers and manufacturers in our methods,
products and quality control standards. In particular, the loss of a tea vendor would necessitate that we work with our new vendors
to replicate our tea blends, which could result in our inability to sell such tea blends for a period of time or in a change of quality in
our tea blends. Any delays, interruption or increased costs in the supply of loose‑leaf teas or the manufacture of our pre-packaged
teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts, and accessories could have an adverse effect on our ability to meet customer demand for our
products and result in lower sales and profitability both in the short and long term.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

A shortage in the supply, a decrease in the quality or an increase in the price of tea and ingredients used in our tea blends, as a
result of weather conditions, earthquakes, crop disease, pests or other natural or manmade causes could impose significant
costs and losses on our business.

The supply and price of tea and ingredients used in our tea blends are subject to fluctuation, depending on demand and other

factors outside of our control. The supply, quality and price of our teas and other ingredients can be affected by multiple factors in
countries that produce tea or other ingredients, including political and economic conditions, civil and labor unrest, adverse weather
conditions, including floods, drought and temperature extremes, earthquakes, tsunamis, and other natural disasters and related
occurrences. This risk is particularly true with respect to regions or countries from which we source a significant percentage of our
products. In extreme cases, entire tea harvests may be lost or may be negatively impacted in some geographic areas. These factors
can increase costs and decrease sales, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial
condition.

Tea and other ingredients may be vulnerable to crop disease and pests, which may vary in severity and effect. The costs to
control disease and pest damage vary depending on the severity of the damage and the extent of the plantings affected. Moreover,
available technologies to control such conditions may not continue to be effective. These conditions can increase costs and decrease
sales, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our ability to source our loose-leaf teas, pre-packaged teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts, accessories, and food and beverage
profitably or at all could be hurt if new trade restrictions are imposed or existing trade restrictions become more burdensome.

All of our teas and ingredients used in our blends are currently grown, and a substantial majority of our pre-packaged teas,
tea sachets and tea-related gifts, and accessories are currently manufactured outside of the United States and Canada. The United
States, Canada, and the countries in which our products are produced or sold internationally have imposed and may impose
additional quotas, duties, tariffs, or other restrictions or regulations, or may adversely adjust prevailing quota, duty or tariff levels.
Countries impose, modify and remove tariffs and other trade restrictions in response to a diverse array of factors, including global
and national economic and political conditions that make it impossible for us to predict future developments regarding tariffs and
other trade restrictions. Trade restrictions, including tariffs, quotas, embargoes, safeguards and customs restrictions, could increase
the cost or reduce the supply of teas, and tea accessories available to us or may require us to modify our supply chain organization
or other current business practices, any of which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, there is a risk that our suppliers and manufacturers could fail to comply with applicable regulations, which
could lead to investigations by the United States, Canadian or foreign government agencies responsible for international trade
compliance. Resulting penalties or enforcement actions could delay future imports or exports or otherwise negatively affect our
business.

Our business largely depends on a strong brand image, and if we are unable to maintain and enhance our brand image,
particularly in new markets where we have limited brand recognition, we may be unable to increase or maintain our level of
sales.

We believe that our brand image and brand awareness are important to our business and potential future growth. We also

believe that maintaining and enhancing our brand image is important to maintaining and expanding our customer base and retaining
our employees. Our ability to successfully integrate our strategy to expand into new channels or to maintain the strength and
distinctiveness of our brand in our existing markets will be adversely impacted if we fail to connect with our target customers.

Maintaining and enhancing our brand image may require us to continue to make substantial investments in areas such as
merchandising, marketing, store operations, and employee training, which could adversely affect our cash flow and which may
ultimately be unsuccessful. Furthermore, our brand image could be jeopardized if we fail to maintain high standards for
merchandise quality, if we fail to comply with local laws and regulations if we experience negative publicity or other negative
events that affect our image and reputation or as a result of communications by our shareholders. Some of these risks may be
beyond our ability to control, such as the effects of negative publicity regarding our suppliers or our shareholders. Failure to
successfully market and maintain our brand image could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our failure to accurately forecast consumer demand for our products while increasing inventory levels could adversely affect
our gross margins, cash flow and liquidity.

As we shift our focus towards tea and away from the sale of hard goods and accessories, we are increasing inventory levels
of our tea products, which are perishable. In the event we are unable to adequately manage our inventory levels, we may be forced
to either write off or sell expiring excess inventory at a discount, which could affect our financial performance. Further, if our
strategy of focusing on tea rather than hard goods and accessories does not suit customer preferences, we could have a large volume
of obsolete inventory that we may be required to write off or discount, which would negatively affect our gross margins and
operating results. If our inventory and our forecasts exceed demand, our liquidity and cash flow may be adversely affected.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We may experience negative effects to our brand and reputation from real or perceived quality or safety issues with our tea, tea
accessories, and food and beverages, which could have an adverse effect on our operating results.

We believe our customers rely on us to provide them with high‑quality teas, tea accessories, and food and beverages.

Concerns regarding the safety of our teas, tea accessories, and food and beverages or the safety and quality of our supply chain
could cause consumers to avoid purchasing certain products from us or to seek alternative sources of tea, tea accessories, and food
and beverages, even if the basis for the concern has been addressed or is outside of our control. Adverse publicity about these
concerns, whether or not ultimately based on fact, and whether or not involving teas, tea accessories, and food and beverages sold
at our stores, could discourage consumers from buying our teas, tea accessories, and food and beverages and have an adverse effect
on our brand, reputation and operating results.

Furthermore, the sale of teas, tea accessories, and food and beverages entails a risk of product liability claims and the

resulting negative publicity. For example, tea supplied to us could contain contaminants that, if not detected by us, could result in
illness or death upon their consumption. Similarly, tea accessories, and food and beverages could contain contaminants or contain
design or manufacturing defects that could result in illness, injury or death. It is possible that product liability claims will be
asserted against us in the future.

We may also be subject to involuntary product recalls or may voluntarily conduct a product recall. The costs associated with

any future product recall could, individually and in the aggregate, be significant in any given fiscal year. In addition, any product
recall, regardless of direct costs of the recall, may harm consumer perceptions of our teas, tea accessories, and food and beverages
and have a negative impact on our future sales and results of operations.

Any loss of confidence on the part of our customers in the safety and quality of our teas, tea accessories, and food and
beverages would be difficult and costly to overcome. Any such adverse effect could be exacerbated by our position in the market as
a purveyor of quality teas, tea accessories, and food and beverages and could significantly reduce our brand value. Issues regarding
the safety of any teas, tea accessories, and food and beverages sold by us, regardless of the cause, could have a substantial and
adverse effect on our sales and operating results.

Third‑party failure to adequately receive, warehouse and ship our merchandise to our stores and online customers could result
in lost sales or reduced demand for our teas, tea accessories, and food and beverages.

We currently rely upon third‑party warehouse facilities for the majority of our product receipts from vendors and shipments

to our stores and e‑commerce customers. Our utilization of third‑party warehouse services for our merchandise is subject to risks,
including employee strikes or their information technology systems failure. If we change warehousing companies, we could face
logistical difficulties that could adversely affect our receipts and delivery of merchandise and we would incur costs and expend
resources in connection with such change. Moreover, we may not be able to obtain terms as favorable as those we receive from our
current third‑party transportation providers in Canada and the United States that we currently use, which in turn would increase our
costs and thereby adversely affect our operating results.

In addition, we currently rely upon third-party transportation providers for all of our product shipments from our
distribution centers to our stores and online customers. Our utilization of third-party delivery services for our shipments is subject
to risk, including increases in fuel prices, which would increase our shipping costs, employee strikes and inclement weather, which
may affect third parties’ abilities to provide delivery services that adequately meet our shipping needs. If we change shipping
companies, we could face logistical difficulties that could adversely affect deliveries, and we would incur costs and expend
resources in connection with such change. Moreover, we may not be able to obtain terms as favorable as those we receive from the
third-party transportation providers in Canada and the United States that we currently use, which in turn would increase our costs
and thereby adversely affect our operating results.

We rely on independent certification for a number of our products and our marketing of products marked “Organic”, “Fair
Trade” and “Kosher”. Loss of certification within our supply chain or as related to our manufacturing process or failure to
comply with government regulations pertaining to the use of the term organic could harm our business.

We rely on independent certification, such as “Organic,” “Fair Trade,” or “Kosher,” to differentiate some of our products

from others. We offer one of the largest certified organic collections of tea in North America amongst branded tea retailers. We
must comply with the requirements of independent organizations or certification authorities in order to label our products as
certified. The loss of any independent certifications could adversely affect our marketplace position, which could harm our
business.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

In addition, the U.S. Department of Agriculture and the Canadian Food Inspection Agency require that our certified organic
products meet certain consistent, uniform standards. Compliance with such regulations could pose a significant burden on some of
our suppliers, which could cause a disruption in some of our product offerings. Moreover, in the event of actual or alleged
non‑compliance, we might be forced to find an alternative supplier, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations
and financial condition.

We are subject to the risks associated with leasing substantial amounts of space and are required to make substantial lease
payments under our operating leases. Any failure to make these lease payments when due would likely harm our business,
profitability and results of operations.

We do not own any real estate. Instead, we lease all of our store locations, our corporate offices in Montréal, Canada and a

distribution center in Montréal, Canada. Our store leases typically have ten‑year terms and generally require us to pay total rent per
square foot that is reflective of our small average store square footage and premium locations. Many of our lease agreements have
defined escalating rent provisions over the initial term and any extensions. Our substantial operating lease obligations could have
significant negative consequences, including:

·

·

·

·

requiring that an increased portion of our cash from operations and available cash on hand be applied to pay our lease obligations, thus reducing
liquidity available for other purposes;

increasing our vulnerability to adverse general economic and industry conditions;

limiting our flexibility to plan for or react to changes in our business or in the industry in which we compete; and

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing.

We depend on cash flow from operations to pay our lease expenses, finance our growth capital requirements and fulfill our

other cash needs. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities to fund these requirements, we
may not be able to achieve our growth plans, fund our other liquidity and capital needs or ultimately service our lease expenses,
which would harm our business.

If an existing or future store is not profitable, and we decide to close it, we may nonetheless remain committed to perform

our obligations under the applicable lease including, among other things, paying the base rent for the balance of the lease term.
Moreover, even if a lease has an early cancellation clause, we may not satisfy the contractual requirements for early cancellation
under that lease. In addition, as our leases expire, we may fail to negotiate renewals on commercially acceptable terms or at all,
which could cause us to close stores in desirable locations. Even if we are able to renew existing leases, the terms of such renewal
may not be as attractive as the expiring lease, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

We are subject to customer payment-related risks that could increase operating costs or exposure to fraud or theft, subject us to
potential liability and potentially disrupt our business.

We accept payments using a variety of methods, including cash, credit and debit cards and gift cards. Acceptance of these

payment options subjects us to rules, regulations, contractual obligations and compliance requirements, including payment network
rules and operating guidelines, data security standards and certification requirements, and rules governing electronic funds
transfers. For certain payment methods, including credit and debit cards, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase
over time and raise our operating costs. We rely on third parties to provide payment processing services, including the processing of
credit cards, debit cards, and other forms of electronic payment. If these companies become unable to provide these services to us,
or if their systems are compromised, it could potentially disrupt our business. The payment methods that we offer also subject us to
potential fraud and theft by criminals, who are becoming increasingly more sophisticated, seeking to obtain unauthorized access to
or exploit weaknesses that may exist in the payment systems. If we fail to comply with applicable rules or requirements for the
payment methods we accept, or if payment-related data is compromised due to a breach or misuse of data, we may be liable for
costs incurred by payment card issuing banks and other third parties or subject to fines and higher transaction fees, or our ability to
accept or facilitate certain types of payments may be impaired. As a result, our business and operating results could be adversely
affected.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We rely significantly on information technology systems and any failure, inadequacy, interruption or security failure of those
systems could harm our ability to operate our business effectively.

We rely on our information technology systems to effectively manage our business data, communications, point‑of‑sale,

supply chain, order entry and fulfillment, inventory and warehouse and distribution centers and other business processes. The
failure of our systems to perform as we anticipate could disrupt our business and result in transaction errors, processing
inefficiencies and the loss of sales, causing our business to suffer. Despite any precautions we may take, our information
technology systems may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from circumstances beyond our control, including fire, natural
disasters, systems failures, power outages, viruses, security breaches, cyber-attacks and terrorism, including breaches of our
transaction processing or other systems that could result in the compromise of confidential company, customer or employee data.
We maintain disaster recovery procedures, but there is no guarantee that these will be adequate in all circumstances. Any such
damage or interruption could have a material adverse effect on our business, cause us to face significant fines, customer notice
obligations or costly litigation, harm our reputation with our customers, require us to expend significant time and expense
developing, maintaining or upgrading our information technology systems or prevent us from paying our vendors or employees,
receiving payments from our customers or performing other information technology, administrative or outsourcing services on a
timely basis. Furthermore, our ability to conduct our website operations may be affected by changes in foreign, state, provincial and
federal privacy laws and we could incur significant costs in complying with the multitude of foreign, state, provincial and federal
laws regarding the unauthorized disclosure of personal information. Although we carry business interruption insurance, our
coverage may not be sufficient to compensate us for potentially significant losses in connection with the risks described above.

In addition, we are dependent on third‑party hardware and software providers, including our website. We sell merchandise
over the Internet through our website, which represents a growing percentage of our overall net sales. The successful operation of
our e-commerce business depends on our ability to maintain the efficient and continuous operation of our website and our
fulfillment operations, and to provide a shopping experience that will generate orders and return visits to our site. Our e-commerce
operations are subject to numerous risks, including rapid technology change, unanticipated operating problems, credit card fraud
and system failures or security breaches and the costs to address and remedy such failures or breaches. Additionally, our website
operations as well as other information systems, may be affected by our reliance on third‑party hardware and software providers,
whose products and services are not within our control, making it more difficult for us to correct any defects; technology changes;
risks related to the failure of computer systems through which we conduct our website operations; telecommunications failures;
security breaches or attempts thereof; and, similar disruptions. Third‑party hardware and software providers may not continue to
make their products available to us on acceptable terms or at all and such providers may not maintain policies and practices
regarding data privacy and security in compliance with all applicable laws. Any impairment in our relationships with such
providers could have an adverse effect on our business.

Our marketing programs, digital initiatives and use of consumer information are governed by an evolving set of laws and
enforcement trends and unfavorable changes in those laws or trends, or our failure to comply with existing or future laws,
could substantially harm our business and results of operations.

We collect, maintain and use data, including personally identifiable information, provided to us through online activities and

other customer interactions in our business. Our current and future marketing programs depend on our ability to collect, maintain
and use this information, and our ability to do so is subject to evolving international and U.S. and Canadian federal, state and/or
provincial laws and enforcement trends with respect to the foregoing. We strive to comply with all applicable laws and other legal
obligations relating to privacy, data protection and consumer protection, including those relating to the use of data for marketing
purposes. It is possible, however, that these requirements may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one
jurisdiction to another, may conflict with other rules or may conflict with our practices. If so, we may suffer damage to our
reputation and be subject to proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others. Any such proceeding or action
could hurt our reputation, force us to spend significant amounts to defend our practices, distract our management, increase our costs
of doing business and result in monetary liability.

In addition, as data privacy and marketing laws change, we may incur additional costs to ensure we remain in compliance.

For example, our stores in California and online sales to Californians subject us to the California Consumer Privacy Act, the
standards and restrictions of which are more stringent than in other U.S. states. If applicable data privacy and marketing laws
become more restrictive at the international, federal, state or provincial levels, our compliance costs may increase, our ability to
effectively engage customers via personalized marketing may decrease, our investment in our e‑commerce platform may not be
fully realized, our opportunities for growth may be curtailed by our compliance capabilities or reputational harm and our potential
liability for security breaches may increase.

Data security breaches could negatively affect our reputation, credibility and business.

We collect and store personal information relating to our customers and employees, including their personally identifiable

information, and we rely on third parties for the operation of our e‑commerce site and for the various social media tools and
websites we use as part of our marketing strategy. Consumers are increasingly concerned over the security of personal information
transmitted over the Internet (or through other mechanisms), consumer identity theft and user privacy. Any perceived, attempted or
actual unauthorized disclosure of personally identifiable information regarding our employees, customers or website visitors could
harm our reputation and credibility, reduce our e‑commerce sales, impair our ability to attract website visitors, reduce our ability to

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
attract and retain customers and result in litigation against us or the imposition of significant fines or penalties and could require us
to expend significant time and expense developing, maintaining or upgrading our information technology systems or prevent us
from paying our vendors or employees, receiving payments from our customers or performing other information. We cannot be
certain that any of our third‑party service providers with access to such personally identifiable information will maintain policies
and practices regarding data privacy and security in compliance with all applicable laws, or that they will not experience data
security breaches or attempts thereof which could have a corresponding adverse effect on our business. 

17

 
 
Table of Contents

Recently, data security breaches suffered by well‑known companies and institutions have attracted a substantial amount of

media attention, prompting new foreign, federal, provincial and state laws and legislative proposals addressing data privacy and
security, as well as increased data protection obligations imposed on merchants by credit card issuers. As a result, we may become
subject to more extensive requirements to protect the customer information that we process in connection with the purchase of our
products, resulting in increased compliance costs.

Use of social media may adversely affect our reputation or subject us to fines or other penalties.

Use of social media platforms, user review and recommendation websites and other forms of online communications

provides individuals with access to a broad audience of consumers and other interested persons. As laws and regulations rapidly
evolve to govern the use of these platforms and devices, especially with respect to advertising and consumer privacy, the failure by
us, our employees or third parties acting at our direction to abide by applicable laws and regulations in the use of these platforms
and devices could adversely affect our reputation or subject us to fines or other penalties.

Consumers value readily available information concerning retailers and their goods and services and often act on such

information without further investigation and without regard to its accuracy. Information concerning us may be posted online by
unaffiliated third parties, whether seeking to pass themselves off as us or not, at any time, which may be adverse to our reputation
or business. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction.

Fluctuations in our results of operations for the fourth fiscal quarter have a disproportionate effect on our overall financial
condition and results of operations.

Our business is seasonal and, historically, we have realized a higher portion of our sales, earnings and cash flow from
operations in the fourth fiscal quarter, due to the impact of the holiday selling season. Any factors that harm our fourth fiscal
quarter operating results, including disruptions in our supply chain, ability of our supply chain to handle higher volumes, adverse
weather or unfavorable economic conditions, could have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations for the entire fiscal
year.

In order to prepare for our peak shopping season, we must order and maintain higher quantities of inventory than we would
carry at other times of the year. As a result, our working capital requirements also fluctuate during the year, increasing in the second
and third fiscal quarters in anticipation of the fourth fiscal quarter. Any unanticipated decline in demand for our loose‑leaf teas,
pre‑packaged teas, tea sachets, tea-related gifts, and accessories during our peak shopping season could require us to sell excess
inventory at a substantial markdown, which could diminish our brand and reduce our sales and gross profit.

Our quarterly results of operations may also fluctuate significantly as a result of a variety of other factors, including the

timing of new store openings and the sales contributed by new stores. As a result, historical period‑to‑period comparisons of our
sales and operating results are not necessarily indicative of future period‑to‑period results. You should not rely on the results of a
single fiscal quarter, particularly the fourth fiscal quarter holiday season, as an indication of our annual results or our future
performance.

We face risks from Brexit.

Although none of our suppliers or manufacturers are based the United Kingdom, a significant portion of our tea comes
suppliers in European Union countries, such as Germany. The lack of clarity about Brexit and the future laws and regulations of the
United Kingdom creates uncertainty for us, as the outcome of these negotiations may affect our business and operations.
Additionally, there also is a risk that countries where our suppliers and manufacturers are located may decide to leave the European
Union. The uncertainty surrounding Brexit not only potentially affects our business in the European Union, but may have a material
adverse effect on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial markets, which in turn could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could harm our results of operations as well as the price of common shares
and any dividends that we may pay.

The reporting currency for our combined consolidated financial statements is the Canadian dollar. Changes in exchange

rates between the Canadian dollar and the U.S. dollar may have a significant, and potentially adverse, effect on our results of
operations. Because we recognize sales in the United States in U.S. dollars, if the U.S. dollar weakens against the Canadian dollar,
it would have a negative impact on our U.S. operating results upon translation of those results into Canadian dollars for the
purposes of consolidation. Any hypothetical reduction in sales could be partially or completely offset by lower cost of sales and
lower selling, general and administration expenses that are generated in U.S. dollars.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

In addition, a majority of the purchases we make from our suppliers are denominated in U.S. dollars. As a result, a
depreciation of the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar increases the cost of acquiring those supplies in Canadian dollars, which
negatively affects our gross profit margin. From time to time, we have entered into forward contracts to fix the exchange rate of our
expected U.S. dollar purchases in respect to our inventory. However, these may be inadequate in offsetting any gains and losses in
foreign currency transactions, and such gains or losses could have a significant, and potentially adverse, effect on our results of
operations.

Our earnings per share are reported in Canadian dollars, and accordingly may be translated into U.S. dollars by analysts or

our investors. Given the foregoing, the value of an investment in our common shares to a U.S. shareholder will fluctuate as the U.S.
dollar rises and falls against the Canadian dollar. Our decision to declare a dividend depends on results of operations reported in
Canadian dollars, and we will declare dividends, if any, in Canadian dollars. As a result, U.S. and other shareholders seeking U.S.
dollar total returns, including increases in the share price and dividends paid, are subject to foreign exchange risk as the U.S. dollar
rises and falls against the Canadian dollar.

We currently report our financial results under IFRS, which differs in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP.

We report our financial statements under IFRS. There have been and there may in the future certain significant differences
between IFRS and U.S. GAAP, including but not limited to differences related to revenue recognition, share-based compensation
expense, income tax, impairment of long-lived assets and earnings per share. As a result, our financial information and reported
earnings for historical or future periods could be significantly different if they were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. As a
result, you may not be able to meaningfully compare our financial statements under IFRS with those companies that prepare
financial statements under U.S. GAAP.

Changes to estimates related to our property, fixtures and equipment or operating results that are lower than our current
estimates at certain store locations may cause us to incur impairment charges on certain long-lived assets, which may adversely
affect our results of operations.

In accordance with accounting guidance as it relates to the impairment of long-lived assets, we make certain estimates and

projections with regard to individual store operations, as well as our overall performance, in connection with our impairment
analyses for long-lived assets. When impairment triggers are deemed to exist for any location, the recoverable amount is compared
to its carrying value. If the carrying value exceeds the recoverable amount, an impairment charge equal to the difference between
the carrying value and recoverable amount is recorded. The projections of future cash flows used in these analyses require the use
of judgment and a number of estimates and projections of future operating results. If actual results differ from our estimates,
additional charges for asset impairments may be required in the future. We have experienced significant impairment charges in past
years and the current fiscal year. If future impairment charges are significant, our reported operating results would be adversely
affected.

Further, we have significant long-term lease obligations. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our

lease obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets or operations, seek additional capital or
restructure or refinance our indebtedness.

If we are unable to attract, train, assimilate and retain employees that embody our culture, including store personnel, store and
district managers and regional directors, we may not be able to grow or successfully operate our business.

Our success depends in part upon our ability to attract, train, assimilate and retain a sufficient number of employees,
including Tea Guides, store managers, district managers and regional directors, who understand and appreciate our culture,
represent our brand effectively and establish credibility with our customers. If we are unable to hire and retain store personnel
capable of consistently providing a high-level of customer service, as demonstrated by their enthusiasm for our culture,
understanding of our customers and knowledge of the loose‑leaf teas, pre-packaged teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts,
accessories, and food and beverages we offer, our ability to open new stores may be impaired, the performance of our existing and
new stores could be materially adversely affected and our brand image may be negatively impacted. In addition, the rate of
employee turnover in the retail industry is typically high and finding qualified candidates to fill positions may be difficult. Any
failure to meet our staffing needs or any material increases in team member turnover rates could have a material adverse effect on
our business or results of operations. We also rely on temporary or seasonal personnel to staff our stores and distribution centers.
We may not be able to find adequate temporary or seasonal personnel to staff our operations when needed, which may strain our
existing personnel and negatively affect our operations.

19

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We are subject to potential challenges relating to overtime pay and other regulations that affect our employees, which could
cause our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows to suffer.

Various labor laws, including Canadian federal and provincial laws and U.S. federal and state laws, among others, govern

our relationship with our employees and affect our operating costs. These laws include minimum wage requirements, overtime pay,
unemployment tax rates, workers’ compensation rates and citizenship requirements. These laws change frequently and may be
difficult to interpret and apply. In particular, as a retailer, we may be subject to challenges regarding the application of overtime and
related pay regulations to our employees. A determination that we do not comply with these laws could harm our brand image,
business, financial condition and results of operation. Additional government‑imposed increases in minimum wages, overtime pay,
paid leaves of absence or mandated health benefits could also cause our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash
flows to suffer.

If we face labor shortages or increased labor costs, our results of operations and our growth could be adversely affected.

Labor is a significant component of the cost of operating our business. Our ability to meet labor needs while controlling
labor costs is subject to external factors, such as employment levels, prevailing wage rates, minimum wage legislation, changing
demographics, health and other insurance costs and governmental labor and employment requirements. In the event of increasing
wage rates, if we fail to increase our wages competitively, the quality of our workforce could decline, while increasing our wages
could cause our earnings to decrease. If we face labor shortages or increased labor costs because of increased competition for
employees from our competitors and other industries, higher employee-turnover rates, unionization of farm workers or increases in
the federal- or state-mandated minimum wage, change in exempt and non-exempt status, or other employee benefits costs
(including costs associated with health insurance coverage or workers’ compensation insurance), our operating expenses could
increase and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Litigation may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Our business is subject to the risk of litigation by employees, consumers, vendors, competitors, intellectual property rights

holders, shareholders, government agencies and others through private actions, class actions, administrative proceedings, regulatory
actions or other litigation. The outcome of litigation, particularly class action lawsuits, regulatory actions and intellectual property
claims, is inherently difficult to assess or quantify. Plaintiffs in these types of lawsuits may seek recovery of very large or
indeterminate amounts, and the magnitude of the potential loss relating to these lawsuits may remain unknown for substantial
periods of time. In addition, certain of these lawsuits, if decided adversely to us or settled by us, may result in liability material to
our financial statements as a whole or may negatively affect our operating results if changes to our business operation are required.
Regardless of the outcome or merit, the cost to defend future litigation may be significant and result in the diversion of
management and other company resources. There also may be adverse publicity associated with litigation that could negatively
affect customer perception of our business, regardless of whether the allegations are valid or whether we are ultimately found
liable. As a result, litigation may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Our failure to comply with existing or new regulations, both in the United States and Canada, or an adverse action regarding
product claims or advertising could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our business operations, including labeling, advertising, sourcing, distribution and sale of our products, are subject to
regulation by various federal, state and local government entities and agencies, particularly the Food and Drug Administration
(“FDA”), the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) in the United States, as well
as Canadian entities and agencies, including the Canadian Food Inspection Agency. From time to time, we may be subject to
challenges to our marketing, advertising or product claims in litigation or governmental, administrative or other regulatory
proceedings. Failure to comply with applicable regulations or withstand such challenges could result in changes in our supply
chain, product labeling, packaging or advertising, loss of market acceptance of the product by consumers, additional recordkeeping
requirements, injunctions, product withdrawals, recalls, product seizures, fines, monetary settlements or criminal prosecution. Any
of these actions could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, consumers who allege that they were deceived by any statements that were made in advertising or labeling

could bring a lawsuit against us under consumer protection laws. If we were subject to any such claims, while we would defend
ourselves against such claims, we may ultimately be unsuccessful in our defense. Defending ourselves against such claims,
regardless of their merit and ultimate outcome, would likely result in a significant distraction for management, be lengthy and
costly and could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the negative publicity surrounding
any such claims could harm our reputation and brand image.

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property adequately, which could harm the value of our brand and adversely
affect our business.

We believe that our intellectual property has substantial value and has contributed significantly to the success of our

business. We pursue the registration of our domain names, trademarks, service marks and patentable technology in Canada, the
United States and in certain other jurisdictions. In particular, our trademarks, including our registered DAVIDsTEA and
DAVIDsTEA logo design trademarks and the unregistered names of a significant number of the varieties of specially blended teas
that we sell, are valuable assets that reinforce the distinctiveness of our brand and our customers’ favorable perception of our
stores.

We also strive to protect our intellectual property rights by relying on federal, state and common law rights, as well as
contractual restrictions with our employees, contractors (including those who develop, source, manufacture, store and distribute our
tea blends, tea accessories and other tea‑related merchandise), vendors and other third parties. However, we may not enter into
confidentiality and/or invention assignment agreements with every employee, contractor and service provider to protect our
proprietary information and intellectual property ownership rights. In addition, although we have exclusivity agreements with each
of our significant suppliers who performs blending services for us, or who has access to our designs, we may not be able to
successfully protect the tea blends and designs to which such suppliers have access under trade secret laws, and the periods for
exclusivity governing our tea blends last for periods as brief as 18 months. Unauthorized disclosure of or claims to our intellectual
property or confidential information may adversely affect our business.

From time to time, third parties have sold our products using our name without our consent, and, we believe, have infringed
or misappropriated our intellectual property rights. We respond to these actions on a case‑by‑case basis and where appropriate may
commence litigation to protect our intellectual property rights. However, we may not be able to detect unauthorized use of our
intellectual property or to take appropriate steps to enforce, defend and assert our intellectual property in all instances.

Effective trade secret, patent, copyright, trademark and domain name protection is expensive to obtain, develop and
maintain, Our failure to register or protect our trademarks could prevent us in the future from using our trademarks or challenging
third parties who use names and logos similar to our trademarks, which may in turn cause customer confusion, impede our
marketing efforts, negatively affect customers’ perception of our brand, stores and products, and adversely affect our sales and
profitability. Moreover, intellectual property proceedings and infringement claims brought by or against us could result in
substantial costs and a significant distraction for management and have a negative impact on our business. We cannot assure you
that we are not infringing or violating, and have not infringed or violated, any third‑party intellectual property rights, or that we will
not be accused of doing so in the future.

In addition, although we have also taken steps to protect our intellectual property rights internationally, the laws of certain

foreign countries may not protect intellectual property to the same extent as do the laws of the United States and Canada and
mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights may be inadequate in those countries. Other entities may have rights to
trademarks that contain portions of our marks or may have registered similar or competing marks in foreign countries. There may
also be other prior registrations in other foreign countries of which we are not aware. We may need to expend additional resources
to defend our trademarks in these countries, and the inability to defend such trademarks could impair our brand or adversely affect
the growth of our business internationally.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards in the United States may be subject to limitation in the event we
experience an “ownership change.”

Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, our ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards
in any taxable year may be limited if we experience an “ownership change.” A Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if
one or more shareholders or groups of shareholders who own at least 5% of our common shares increase their ownership by more
than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three‑year period. Any such limitation on the
timing of utilizing our net operating loss carryforwards would increase the use of cash to settle our tax obligations. Accordingly, the
application of Section 382 could have a material effect on the use of our net operating loss carryforwards, which could adversely
affect our future cash flow from operations.

Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Common Shares

Our largest shareholder owns 46% of our common shares, which may limit our minority shareholders’ ability to influence
corporate matters.

Our largest shareholder, Rainy Day Investments, Ltd. (“Rainy Day”) owns 46% of our common shares. Rainy Day may
have the ability to influence the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matter submitted to shareholders for approval and
the interests of Rainy Day may differ from the interests of our other shareholders.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Rainy Day, as our largest shareholder, has significant influence in electing our directors and, consequently, has a substantial
say in the appointment of our executive officers, our management policies and strategic direction. In addition, certain matters, such
as amendments to our articles of incorporation or votes regarding a potential merger or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets,
require approval of at least two thirds of our shareholders; Rainy Day’s approval will be required to achieve any such threshold.
Accordingly, should the interests of Rainy Day differ from those of other shareholders, the other shareholders are highly susceptible
to the influence of Rainy Day’s votes.

Our stock price may be volatile or may decline

Our common shares have traded as high as US$29.97 and as low as US$1.07 during the period from our IPO to April 17,

2019.

An active, liquid and orderly market for our common shares may not be sustained, which could depress the trading price of
our common shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares
and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration. In addition, broad
market and industry factors, most of which we cannot control, may harm the price of our common shares, regardless of our actual
operating performance. In addition, securities markets worldwide have experienced, and are likely to continue to experience,
significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market and political conditions and
Canadian dollar exchange rate relative to the U.S. dollar, could subject the market price of our shares to wide price fluctuations
regardless of our operating performance. Our operating results and the trading price of our shares may fluctuate in response to
various factors, including:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

conditions or trends affecting our industry or the economy globally; in particular, in the retail sales environment;

stock market price and volume fluctuations of other publicly traded companies and, in particular, those that are in the retail industry;

fluctuations of the Canadian dollar exchange rate relative to the U.S. dollar;

variations in our operating performance and the performance of our competitors;

seasonal fluctuations;

our entry into new markets;

timing of new store openings and our levels of comparable sales;

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results or other operating metrics, such as comparable store sales, that
may be used by the investment community;

changes in financial estimates by us or by any securities analysts who might cover our shares;

issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;

loss of visibility as to investor expectations as a result of a lack of published reports from industry analysts;

actions  and  announcements  by  us  or  our  competitors,  including  new  product  offerings,  significant  acquisitions,  strategic  partnerships  or
divestitures;

sales, or anticipated sales, of large blocks of our shares, including sales by our directors, officers or significant shareholders;

additions or departures of key personnel;

significant developments relating to our relationships with business partners, vendors and distributors;

regulatory developments negatively affecting our industry;

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretation or principles;

volatility in our share price, which may lead to higher share-based compensation expense under applicable accounting standards;

speculation about our business in the press or investment community;

investors’ perception of the retail industry in general and our Company in particular; and

other events beyond our control such as major catastrophic events, weather and war.

22

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

These and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, may cause our operating results and the market price and

demand for our shares to fluctuate substantially. Fluctuations in our quarterly operating results could limit or prevent investors from
readily selling their shares and may otherwise negatively affect the market price and liquidity of our shares. In addition, in the past,
securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. If
any of our shareholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could
also divert the time and attention of our management from our business, which could significantly harm our profitability and
reputation.

Shareholder activism, including public criticism of our company or our management team or litigation, may adversely affect
our stock price.

Responding to actions by activist stockholders can be costly and time-consuming and may divert the attention of
management and our employees. The review, consideration, and response to public announcements or criticism by any activist
shareholder, or litigation initiated by such shareholders, requires the expenditure of significant time and resources by us. We have
previously experienced shareholder activism, which became the subject of contention among other of our significant shareholders
and ultimately resulted in changes to our Board of Directors and management. Additional public disagreements or proxy contests
for the election of directors at our annual meeting could require us to incur significant legal fees and proxy solicitation expenses,
may negatively affect our stock price, potentially result in litigation, and may have other material adverse effects on our business.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, we may fail to
prevent or detect material misstatements in our financial statements, in which case investors may lose confidence in the
accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common shares may be negatively affected.

As a public company, we are required to maintain internal controls over financial reporting and to report any material
weaknesses in such internal controls. In addition, beginning with our second Annual Report on Form 10-K, we are required to
furnish a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, pursuant to Section 404 of the
Sarbanes‑Oxley Act. Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to express an opinion as to the effectiveness
of our internal control over financial reporting until after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS
Act. At such time, however, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is
not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed or operating.

The process of designing, implementing, and testing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with

this obligation is time‑consuming, costly and complicated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial
reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act in a timely manner or if our
management is unable to report that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public
accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting once we are
no longer an “emerging growth company,” investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports
and the market price of our common shares could be negatively affected. We could also become subject to investigations by the
NASDAQ Global Market on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional
financial and management resources.

Our articles, bylaws and certain Canadian legislation contain provisions that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a
change in control.

Certain provisions of our articles of amendment and bylaws, together or separately, could discourage potential acquisition

proposals, delay or prevent a change in control and limit the price that certain investors may be willing to pay for our common
shares.

For instance, our bylaws contain provisions that establish certain advance notice procedures for nomination of candidates

for election as directors at shareholders’ meetings.

The Investment Canada Act requires that a “non‑Canadian,” as defined therein, file an application for review with the

Minister responsible for the Investment Canada Act and obtain approval of the Minister prior to acquiring control of a Canadian
business, where prescribed financial thresholds are exceeded. Otherwise, there are no limitations either under the laws of Canada or
in our articles on the rights of non‑Canadians to hold or vote our common shares.

Any of these provisions may discourage a potential acquirer from proposing or completing a transaction that may have

otherwise presented a premium to our shareholders.

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Because we are a federally incorporated Canadian corporation and the majority of our directors and officers are resident in
Canada, it may be difficult for investors in the United States to enforce civil liabilities against us based solely upon the federal
securities laws of the United States.

We are a federally incorporated Canadian corporation with our principal place of business in Canada. A majority of our

directors and officers and the auditors named herein are residents of Canada and all or a substantial portion of our assets and those
of such persons are located outside the United States. Consequently, it may be difficult for U.S. investors to effect service of
process within the United States upon us or our directors or officers or such auditors who are not residents of the United States, or
to realize in the United States upon judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon civil liabilities under the Securities
Act. Investors should not assume that Canadian courts: (1) would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against us or
such persons predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws or the securities or “blue sky” laws of
any state within the United States or (2) would enforce, in original actions, liabilities against us or such persons predicated upon the
U.S. federal securities laws or any such state securities or blue sky laws.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

As discussed above, we are a foreign private issuer, and therefore, we are not required to comply with all of the periodic

disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. The determination of foreign private issuer status is made
annually on the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and, accordingly, the next
determination will be made with respect to us on August 3, 2019. We would lose our foreign private issuer status if, for example,
more than 50% of our common shares is directly or indirectly held by residents of the United States on August 3, 2019 and we fail
to meet additional requirements necessary to maintain our foreign private issuer status. If we lose our foreign private issuer status
on this date, we will be required to file with the SEC periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms
beginning at the end of Fiscal 2019, which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We
will also have to mandatorily comply with U.S. federal proxy requirements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders
will become subject to the short‑swing profit disclosure and recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we
will lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements under the listing rules of The
NASDAQ Global Market. As a U.S. listed public company that is not a foreign private issuer, we will incur significant additional
legal, accounting and other expenses that we do not incur as a foreign private issuer, and accounting, reporting and other expenses
in order to maintain a listing on a U.S. securities exchange. These expenses will relate to, among other things, the obligation to
reconcile our financial information that is reported according to IFRS to U.S. GAAP and to report future results according to U.S.
GAAP.

There could be adverse tax consequence for our shareholders in the United States if we are a passive foreign investment
company.

Under United States federal income tax laws, if a company is, or for any past period was, a passive foreign investment

company (“PFIC”), it could have adverse United States federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders even if the company
is no longer a PFIC. The determination of whether we are a PFIC is a factual determination made annually based on all the facts
and circumstances and thus is subject to change, and the principles and methodology used in determining whether a company is a
PFIC are subject to interpretation. While we do not believe that we currently are or have been a PFIC, we could be a PFIC in the
future. United States purchasers of our common shares are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning United States federal
income tax consequences of holding our common shares if we are considered to be a PFIC.

If we are a PFIC, U.S. holders would be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences, such as ineligibility for
any preferred tax rates on capital gains or on actual or deemed dividends, interest charges on certain taxes treated as deferred, and
additional reporting requirements under U.S. federal income tax laws or regulations. Whether or not U.S. holders make a timely
qualified electing fund, or QEF, election or mark‑to‑market election may affect the U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S.
holders with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common shares and any distributions such U.S. holders
may receive. Investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding all aspects of the application of the PFIC rules to our
common shares.

24

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Properties

Our principal executive and administrative offices are located at 5430 Ferrier Street, Mount‑Royal, Québec, Canada, H4P
1M2. We currently lease one warehouse and distribution center located in Montréal, Québec, which we opened in July 2010. See
“Item 1. Business — Warehouse and Distribution Facilities” above for further information.

The general location, use, approximate size and lease renewal date of our properties, none of which is owned by us, are set

forth below:

Location
Montréal, Québec
Montréal, Québec

  Executive and Administrative Offices
  Distribution Center

Use

Approximate
Square Feet

Lease
Renewal Date

22,000 
61,500 

October 31, 2023 
June 30, 2021

As of February 2, 2019, we operated 237 company-operated stores, with 189 stores in Canada and 48 stores in the United

States, consisting of approximately 220,000 gross square feet. All of our stores are leased from third parties and the leases typically
have 10-year terms. Most leases for our retail stores provide for a minimum rent, typically including rent increases, plus a
percentage rent based upon sales after certain minimum thresholds are achieved. The leases generally require us to pay insurance,
utilities, real estate taxes and repair and maintenance expenses.

The following table summarizes the locations of our stores as of February 2, 2019:

Locations in Canada
Alberta
British Columbia
Manitoba
Newfoundland
New Brunswick
Nova Scotia
Ontario
Prince Edward Island
Québec
Saskatchewan
Total stores in Canada

25

  Number of

Stores

26 
30 
6 
2 
3 
5 
63 
1 
50 
3 
189 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
Table of Contents

Locations in the United States of America
California
Connecticut
Florida
Illinois
Indiana
Massachusetts
Maryland
Minnesota
New Jersey
New York
Ohio
Pennsylvania
Vermont
Washington
Wisconsin
Total stores in the United States of America

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

  Number of

Stores

8 
2 
1 
8 
1 
10 
2 
1 
2 
6 
3 
1 
1 
1 
1 
48 

From time to time, we may become involved in various lawsuits and legal proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of
business. Except as noted above, we are not presently a party to any legal proceedings, government actions, administrative actions,
investigations or claims that are pending against us or involve us that, in the opinion of our management, could reasonably be
expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results. However, litigation is subject to
inherent uncertainties, and an adverse result in these or other matters may arise from time to time that may harm our business.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

Our common shares have been listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “DTEA” since June 2015. Prior to
that date, there was no public trading of our common shares. As of April 17, 2019, there were approximately 13 holders of record
of our common shares.

Voting Rights

Each holder of Common Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend all meetings of shareholders of the
Company and to vote thereat, except meetings at which only holders of a specified class of shares (other than Common Shares) or
specified series of share are entitled to vote. At all meetings of which notice must be given to the holders of the Common Shares,
each holder of Common Shares shall be entitled to one vote in respect of each Common Share held by such holder.

Dividends

The holders of the Common Shares shall be entitled, subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to

any other class of shares of the Company, to receive any dividend declared by the Company.

We have never declared or paid regular cash dividends on our common shares. The declaration and payment of any

dividends in the future will be determined by our Board of Directors, in its discretion, and will depend on a number of factors,
including our earnings, capital requirements, overall financial condition, and contractual restrictions, including restrictions
contained in any agreements governing any indebtedness we may incur.

Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding-up

The holders of the Common Shares shall be entitled, subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to

any other class of shares of the Company, to receive the remaining property of the Company on a liquidation, dissolution or
winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or on any other return of capital or distribution of assets of the
Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs.

Stock Performance Graph

The stock performance graph below compares cumulative total return on DAVIDsTEA common shares to the cumulative
total return of the NASDAQ Composite Index, S&P 500 Index and S&P 500 Consumer Discretionary Sector Index from June 4,
2015 through February 2, 2019. The graph assumes an initial investment of $100 in DAVIDsTEA and the NASDAQ Composite
Index, S&P 500 Index and S&P 500 Consumer Discretionary Sector Index as of June 4, 2015. The performance shown on the
graph below is not intended to forecast or be indicative of possible future performance of our common shares.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth our selected consolidated financial data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The
selected consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018 are derived from our
audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected consolidated
financial data as of and for the years ended January 28, 2017, January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015 are derived from audited
consolidated financial statements not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Historical results are not necessarily indicative
of the results to be expected for future periods. Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. These
principles differ in certain respects from U.S. GAAP.

This selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the disclosures set forth under “Risk Related to

Our Business and Our Industry” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”
and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto.

  February 2,

    February 3,

For the year ended
    January 28,

    January 30,

    January 31,

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

(in thousands, except share information)
Consolidated statements of income (loss) data:
Sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Selling, general and administration expenses
Results from operating activities
Finance costs
Finance income
Accretion of preferred shares
Loss  from  embedded  derivative  on  Series  A,  A-1  and  A-2
preferred shares
IPO-related costs
Settlement cost related to former option holder
Income (loss) before income taxes
Provision for income tax (recovery)
Net income (loss)

Weighted average number of shares outstanding - basic
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic and fully diluted

Consolidated balance sheet data (at year end):
Cash
Total assets
Total liabilities
Total equity

  $

  $

  $

  $
  $
  $
  $

212,753    $
114,774     
97,979     
125,722     
(27,743)    
1,614     
(700)    
-     

-     
-     
-     
(28,657)    
4,882     
(33,539)   $

224,015    $
116,772     
107,243     
131,930     
(24,687)    
2,371     
(567)    
-     

-     
-     
-     
(26,491)    
2,010     
(28,501)   $

215,984    $
107,534     
108,450     
114,756     
(6,306)    
76     
(479)    
-     

-     
-     
-     
(5,903)    
(2,235)    
(3,668)   $

180,690    $
85,359     
95,331     
80,116     
15,215     
1,051     
(348)    
401     

140,874     
-     
-     
(126,763)    
4,668     
(131,431)   $

141,883 
64,185 
77,698 
66,565 
11,133 
2,345 
(133)
1,044 

380 
856 
520 
6,121 
(333)
6,454 

25,967,836     

25,716,186     

24,699,290     

19,776,946     

11,984,763 

(1.29)   $

(1.11)   $

(0.15)   $

(6.65)   $

0.54 

42,074    $
122,500    $
55,044    $
67,456    $

63,484    $
147,936    $
46,568    $
101,368    $

64,440    $
174,334    $
40,884    $
133,450    $

72,514     
158,972     
24,935     
134,037     

28

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
  
 
    
    
    
    
  
 
    
    
    
    
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
      
      
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS

Preface

In preparing this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”), we
have taken into account all information available to us up to May 2, 2019, the date of this MD&A. The audited annual consolidated
financial statements and this MD&A were reviewed by the Company’s Audit Committee and were approved and authorized for
issuance by our Board of Directors on May 2, 2019.

All financial information contained in this annual MD&A and in the audited annual consolidated financial statements has

been prepared in accordance with IFRS, except for certain non-GAAP information discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to file our audited consolidated financial statements with the SEC under IFRS without
a reconciliation to U.S. GAAP and as a result, we do not prepare a reconciliation of our results to U.S. GAAP. It is possible that
certain of our accounting policies could be different from GAAP. All monetary amounts in this MD&A are expressed in Canadian
dollars, except for share and per share data and where otherwise indicated.

This MD&A should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto of the
Company as of February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018 and for the years ended February 2, 2019, February 3, 2018, and January
28, 2017 which are contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Accounting Periods

All references to “Fiscal 2018” are to the Company’s fiscal year ended February 2, 2019. All references to “Fiscal 2017” are

to the Company’s fiscal year ended February 3, 2018.

The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to the end of January, typically resulting in a 52-week year, but
occasionally giving rise to an additional week, resulting in a 53-week year. The year ended February 2, 2019 covers a 52-week
fiscal period, and the year ended February 3, 2018 covers a 53-week fiscal period.

Overview

We are a branded retailer of specialty tea, offering a differentiated selection of proprietary loose-leaf teas, pre-packaged

teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts, accessories, and food and beverages primarily through 237 company-operated DAVIDsTEA
stores as of February 2, 2019, and our website, davidstea.com. We are building a brand that seeks to expand the definition of tea
with innovative products that consumers can explore in an open and inviting retail environment. We strive to make tea a multi-
sensory experience by facilitating interaction with our products through education and sampling so that our customers appreciate
the compelling attributes of tea as well as the ease of preparation.

Factors Affecting Our Performance

We believe that our performance and future success depend on a number of factors that present significant opportunities for

us and may pose risks and challenges, as discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of this Form 10-K.

Fiscal 2018 Highlights

During Fiscal 2018, sales declined by $11.3 million and 5% over the prior year to $212.8 million. Net loss increased by $5.0
million to $33.5 million for the year from a net loss of $28.5 million in Fiscal 2017. Adjusted EBITDA in Fiscal 2018 was a loss of
$1.3 million and compares to $12.8 million in Fiscal 2017.

How We Assess Our Performance

The key measures we use to evaluate the performance of our business and the execution of our strategy are set forth below:

Sales. Sales consist primarily of sales from our retail stores and e-commerce site. Our business is seasonal and, as a result,

our sales fluctuate from quarter to quarter. Sales are traditionally highest in the fourth fiscal quarter, which includes the holiday
sales period, and tend to be lowest in the second and third fiscal quarter because of lower customer traffic in our locations in the
summer months.

29

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The specialty retail industry is cyclical, and our sales are affected by general economic conditions. A number of factors that

influence the level of consumer spending, including economic conditions and the level of disposable consumer income, consumer
debt, interest rates and consumer confidence can affect purchases of our products.

Sales also include gift card breakage income.

Comparable Sales. Comparable sales refer to year-over-year comparison information for comparable stores and e-
commerce. Our stores are added to the comparable sales calculation in the beginning of their thirteenth month of operation. As a
result, data regarding comparable sales may not be comparable to similarly titled data from other retailers.

The fiscal year ended February 3, 2018 included 53 weeks instead of the normal 52 weeks which are included in the fiscal

year ended February 2, 2019. As a result, changes in comparable same store sales are not consistent with changes in net sales
reported for other fiscal periods.

Measuring the change in year-over-year comparable sales allows us to evaluate how our business is performing. Various

factors affect comparable sales, including:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

our ability to anticipate and respond effectively to consumer preference, buying and economic trends;

our ability to provide a product offering that generates new and repeat visits to our stores and online;

the customer experience we provide in our stores and online;

the level of customer traffic near our locations in which we operate;

the number of customer transactions and average ticket in our stores and online;

the pricing of our tea, tea accessories, and food and beverages;

our ability to obtain and distribute product efficiently;

our opening of new stores in the vicinity of our existing stores; and

the opening or closing of competitor stores near our stores.

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Non-Comparable Sales. Non-comparable sales include sales from stores prior to the beginning of their thirteenth fiscal
month of operation and wholesale sales channel, which includes sales to grocery, hotels, restaurants and institutions, office and
workplace locations and food services, as well as corporate gifting. As we pursue our growth strategy, we expect that a significant
percentage of our sales will continue to come from non-comparable sales.

Gross Profit. Gross profit is equal to our sales less our cost of sales. Cost of sales includes product costs, freight costs, store

occupancy costs and distribution costs.

Selling, General and Administration Expenses. Selling, general and administration expenses consist of store operating

expenses and other general and administration expenses, including store impairments and provision for onerous contracts. Store
operating expenses consist of all store expenses excluding occupancy related costs (which are included in costs of sales). General
and administration costs consist of salaries and other payroll costs, travel, professional fees, stock compensation, marketing
expenses, information technology and other operating costs.

General and administration costs, which are generally fixed in nature, do not vary proportionally with sales to the same

degree as our cost of sales. We believe that these costs will decrease as a percentage of sales over time. Accordingly, this expense
as a percentage of sales is usually higher in lower volume quarters and lower in higher volume quarters.

We present Adjusted selling, general and administration expenses as a supplemental measure because we believe it
facilitates a comparative assessment of our selling, general and administration expenses under IFRS, while isolating the effects of
some items that vary from period to period. It is reconciled to its nearest IFRS measure on page 35 of this Annual Report on Form
10-K.

Results from Operating Activities. Results from operating activities consist of our gross profit less our selling, general and

administration expenses.

We present adjusted results from operating activities as a supplemental measure because we believe it facilitates a
comparative assessment of our operating performance relative to our performance based on our results under IFRS, while isolating
the effects of some items that vary from period to period. It is reconciled to its nearest IFRS measure on page 35 of this Annual
Report on Form 10-K.

Finance Costs. Finance costs consist of cash and imputed non-cash charges related to our credit facility, long-term debt and

finance lease obligations.

Finance Income. Finance income consists of interest income on cash balances.

Provision for Income Tax. Provision for income tax consists of federal, provincial, state and local current and deferred

income taxes.

Adjusted EBITDA. We present Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental performance measure because we believe it facilitates a
comparative assessment of our operating performance relative to our performance based on our results under IFRS, while isolating
the effects of some items that vary from period to period. Specifically, Adjusted EBITDA allows for an assessment of our operating
performance and our ability to service or incur indebtedness without the effect of non-cash charges, such as depreciation,
amortization, finance costs, deferred rent, non-cash compensation expense, costs related to onerous contracts or contracts where we
expect the costs of the obligations to exceed the economic benefit, gain (loss) on derivative financial instruments, loss on disposal
of property and equipment, impairment of property and equipment and certain non-recurring expenses. This measure also functions
as a benchmark to evaluate our operating performance. For a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA, refer to page 37 of
this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Selected Operating and Financial Highlights

The following table summarizes key components of our results of operations for the period indicated:

For the three months ended

For the twelve months ended  

  February 2,

  February 3,

  February 2,

  February 3,

2019

2018

2019

2018

Consolidated statement of loss data:
Sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Selling, general and administration expenses
Results from operating activities
Finance costs
Finance income
Loss before income taxes
Provision for income tax
Net loss

  $

  $ 

83,144 
43,581 
39,563 
40,857 
(1,294)
1,377 
(126)
(2,545)
10,733 
(13,278)

  $

  $ 

Percentage of sales:
Sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Selling, general and administration expenses
Results from operating activities
Finance costs
Finance income
Loss before income taxes
Provision for income tax
Net loss
Other financial and operations data:
Adjusted EBITDA (1)
Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of sales
Number of stores at end of year
Comparable sales growth (decline) for year (2)
__________ 
(1) For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income see “—Non-IFRS Metrics” below.

100.0%    
52.4%    
47.6%    
49.1%    
-1.6%    
1.7%    
-0.2%    
-3.1%    
12.9%    
-16.0%    

  $ 
13.2%    
237 
-1.6% 

10,940 

  $

86,662 
42,178 
44,484 
52,926 
(8,442)
1,756 
(147)
(10,051)
6,040 
(16,091)

  $

  $

100.0%    
48.7%    
51.3%    
61.1%    
-9.7%    
2.0%    
-0.2%    
-11.6%    
7.0%    
-18.6%    

16,397 

  $
18.9%    
240 
-6.0%    

212,753 
114,774 
97,979 
125,722 
(27,743)
1,614 
(700)
(28,657)
4,882 
(33,539)

  $

  $

100.0%    
53.9%    
46.1%    
59.1%    
-13.0%    
0.8%    
-0.3%    
-13.5%    
2.3%    
-15.8%    

(1,272)

  $
-0.6%    
237 
-6.1%    

224,015 
116,772 
107,243 
131,930 
(24,687)
2,371 
(567)
(26,491)
2,010 
(28,501)

100.0%
52.1%
47.9%
58.9%
-11.0%
1.1%
-0.3%
-11.8%
0.9%
-12.7%

12,819 

5.7%
240 
-6.0%

(2) Comparable sales refer to year-over-year comparison information for comparable stores and e-commerce. Our stores are added to the comparable sales

calculation in the beginning of their thirteenth month of operation.

Non-IFRS Metrics

Adjusted selling, general and administration expenses, Adjusted results from operating activities, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted
Net Income are not a presentation made in accordance with IFRS, and the use of the term Adjusted selling, general and
administration expenses, Adjusted results from operating activities, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted Net Income may differ from
similar measures reported by other companies. We believe that Adjusted selling, general and administration expenses, Adjusted
results from operating activities, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted Net Income provide investors with useful information with
respect to our historical operations. Adjusted selling, general and administration expenses, Adjusted results from operating
activities, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income are not measurements of our financial performance under IFRS and should
not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to net income (loss), net cash provided by operating, investing or financing
activities or any other financial statement data presented as indicators of financial performance or liquidity, each as presented in
accordance with IFRS. We understand that although Adjusted selling, general and administration expenses, Adjusted results from
operating activities, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income are frequently used by securities analysts, lenders and others in
their evaluation of companies, it has limitations as an analytical tool, and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for
analysis of our results as reported under IFRS. Some of these limitations are:

·

Adjusted selling, general and administration expenses, Adjusted results from operating activities, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted Net Income
do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

32

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
Table of Contents

·

·

Adjusted selling, general and administration expenses, Adjusted results from operating activities, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income do
not reflect the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt; and

Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the
future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements.

Because of these limitations, Adjusted selling, general and administration expenses, Adjusted results from operating activities,
Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted Net Income should not be considered as discretionary cash available to us to reinvest in the
growth of our business or as a measure of cash that will be available to us to meet our obligations.

The following tables present a reconciliation of Adjusted Selling, General and Administration expenses, Adjusted results from
Operating Activities, Adjusted EBITDA to our net loss, Adjusted Net Income (Loss) and Adjusted Fully Diluted Income (Loss) per
common share determined in accordance with IFRS:

Reconciliation of Adjusted selling, general and administration expenses

For the three months ended
    February 3,

  February 2,

    For the twelve months ended  
    February 2,

    February 3,

2019

2018

2019

2018

Selling, general and administration expenses

  $

Executive separation costs (a)
Impairment of property and equipment and intangible assets  (b)
Impact of onerous contracts (c)
Strategic review and proxy contest costs (d)
ERP project termination  (e)

40,857    $
(440)    
(6,675)    
(66)    
(55)    
(2,496)    
31,125    $

52,926    $
(151)    
(10,098)    
(11,767)    
-     
-     
30,910    $

125,722    $
(1,280)    
(9,960)    
(552)    
(3,593)    
(2,496)    
107,841    $

131,930 
(2,225)
(15,069)
(7,854)
- 
- 
106,782 

Adjusted selling, general and administration expenses
___________ 
(a) Executive  and  employee  separation  costs  represent  salary  owed  to  certain  former  executives  and  employees  payable  as  part  of  their  separation  of

  $

employment from the Company

(b) Represents costs related to impairment of property and equipment for stores and intangible assets.

(c) Represents provision, non-cash reversals, and utilization related to certain stores where the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the lease

agreements are expected to exceed the economic benefits expected to be received from the contract.

(d) Represents costs related to a corporate strategic review process as well as costs related to the proxy contest which culminated at the Company’s annual
meeting  held  on  June  14,  2018.  Costs  for  the  three  and  twelve  months  ended  February  2,  2019  includes  $13  and  $825,  respectively,  related  to  the
strategic  review  process,  nil  and  $868  for  incremental  directors  and  officers  run-off  insurance  costs  incurred  prior  to  the  annual  meeting  on  June  14,
2018, and $42 and $1,900, respectively, for costs incurred in connection with the proxy contest, including nil and $957, respectively, paid to Rainy Day
Investments Ltd., a controlling shareholder, for third-party costs incurred by it, as approved by the independent members of the Board of Directors of the
Company.

(e) Represents cost incurred during the year to organize and establish project requirements and enterprise design that will not be reusable when the company

decides to embark on future ERP initiatives.

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
    
    
    
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Adjusted results from operating activities

For the three months ended     For the twelve months ended  

  February 2,

    February 3,

    February 2,

    February 3,

2019

2018

2019

2018

Results from operating activities
Executive separation costs (a)
Impairment of property and equipment  and intangible assets  (b)
Impact of onerous contracts (c)
Strategic review and proxy contest costs (d)
ERP project termination  (e)

  $

(1,294)   $
440     
6,675     
66     
55     
2,496     
8,438    $

(8,442)   $
151     
10,098     
11,767     
-     
-     
13,574    $

(27,743)   $
1,280     
9,960     
552     
3,593     
2,496     
(9,862)   $

(24,687)
2,225 
15,069 
7,854 
- 
- 
461 

Adjusted results from operating activities
__________ 
(a) Executive  and  employee  separation  costs  represent  salary  owed  to  certain  former  executives  and  employees  payable  as  part  of  their  separation  of

  $

employment from the Company.

(b) Represents costs related to impairment of property and equipment and intangibles assets for stores.

(c) Represents provision, non-cash reversals, and utilization related to certain stores where the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the lease

agreements are expected to exceed the economic benefits expected to be received from the contract.

(d) Represents costs related to a corporate strategic review process as well as costs related to the proxy contest which culminated at the Company’s annual
meeting  held  on  June  14,  2018.  Costs  for  the  three  and  twelve  months  ended  February  2,  2019  includes  $13  and  $825,  respectively,  related  to  the
strategic  review  process,  nil  and  $868  for  incremental  directors  and  officers  run-off  insurance  costs  incurred  prior  to  the  annual  meeting  on  June  14,
2018, and $42 and $1,900, respectively, for costs incurred in connection with the proxy contest, including nil and $957, respectively, paid to Rainy Day
Investments Ltd., a controlling shareholder, for third-party costs incurred by it, as approved by the independent members of the Board of Directors of the
Company.

(e) Represents cost incurred during the year to organize and establish project requirements and enterprise design that will not be reusable when the company

decides to embark on future ERP initiatives.

34

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
    
    
    
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to our net loss

Net loss
Finance costs
Finance income
Depreciation and amortization
Recovery of income tax
EBITDA
Additional adjustments :
Stock-based compensation expense (a)
Executive separation costs related to salary (b)
Impairment of property and equipment and intangible assets (c)
Impact of onerous contracts (d)
Deferred rent (e)
Loss on disposal of property and equipment
Strategic review and proxy contest costs (f)
ERP project termination (g)
Adjusted EBITDA
_________ 
(a) Represents non-cash stock-based compensation expense.

For the three months ended     For the twelve months ended  

  February 2,

    February 3,

    February 2,

    February 3,

2019

2018

2019

2018

  $

  $

  $

(13,278)   $
1,377     
(126)    
2,105     
10,733     
811    $

218     
440     
6,675     
66     
42     
137     
55     
2,496     
10,940    $

(16,091)   $
1,756     
(147)    
2,341     
6,040     
(6,101)   $

283     
151     
10,098     
11,767     
165     
34     
-     
-     
16,397    $

(33,539)   $
1,614     
(700)    
8,203     
4,882     
(19,540)   $

211     
1,280     
9,960     
552     
25     
151     
3,593     
2,496     
(1,272)   $

(28,501)
2,371 
(567)
9,905 
2,010 
(14,782)

2,021 
2,033 
15,069 
7,854 
542 
82 
- 
- 
12,819 

(b) Executive and employee separation costs related to salary represent salary owed to certain former executives and employees as part of their separation of

employment from the Company.

(c) Represents costs related to impairment of property and equipment and intangibles assets for stores.

(d) Represents provision, non-cash reversals, and utilization related to certain stores where the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the lease

agreements are expected to exceed the economic benefits expected to be received from the contract.

(e) Represents the extent to which our rent expense has been above or below our cash rent payments.

(f) Represents costs related to a corporate strategic review process as well as costs related to the proxy contest which culminated at the Company’s annual
meeting  held  on  June  14,  2018.  Costs  for  the  three  and  twelve  months  ended  February  2,  2019  includes  $13  and  $825,  respectively,  related  to  the
strategic  review  process,  nil  and  $868  for  incremental  directors  and  officers  run-off  insurance  costs  incurred  prior  to  the  annual  meeting  on  June  14,
2018, and $42 and $1,900, respectively, for costs incurred in connection with the proxy contest, including nil and $957, respectively, paid to Rainy Day
Investments Ltd., a controlling shareholder, for third-party costs incurred by it, as approved by the independent members of the Board of Directors of the
Company.

(g) Represents cost incurred during the year to organize and establish project requirements and enterprise design that will not be reusable when the company
decides to embark on future ERP initiatives. Includes $1,724 that was capitalized at November 3, 2018 and $772 that was expensed during the fourth
quarter.

35

 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
    
    
    
  
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Reconciliation of reported results to Adjusted Net Income (Loss)

Net loss

Executive separation costs (a)
Impairment of property and equipment and intangible assets (b)
Impact of onerous contracts and accretion expense (c)
Strategic review and proxy contest costs (d)
ERP project termination (e)
Income tax expense adjustment (f)
Write-down of deferred income tax assets (g)
Provision for uncertain tax positions (h)
Impact of change in U.S. tax rates (i)
Adjusted net income (loss)

For the three months ended
February 3,
February 2,
2018
2019

For the twelve months ended
February 3,
February 2,
2018
2019

$

$

(13,278) $
440
6,675
140
55
2,496
(2,687)
9,500
3,060
-
6,401

$

(16,091) $
151
10,098
13,501
-
-
(6,313)
6,409
-
1,986
9,741

$

(33,539) $
1,280
9,960
803
3,593
2,496
(4,866)
9,500
4,000
-
(6,773) $

(28,501)
2,225
15,069
10,146
-
-
(7,444)
6,409
-
1,986
(110)

________ 
(a) Executive separation costs related to salary represent salary owed to former executives as part of their separation of employment from the Company.

(b) Represents costs related to impairment of property and equipment and intangibles assets for stores.

(c) Represents  provisions,  non-cash  reversals,  utilization  and  the  accretion  expense  related  to  certain  stores  where  the  unavoidable  costs  of  meeting  the
obligations under the lease agreements are expected to exceed the economic benefits expected to be received from the contract. The accretion expense on
provisions for onerous contracts is included in Finance costs on the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the three months and
twelve months ended February 2, 2019.

(d) Represents costs related to a corporate strategic review process as well as costs related to the proxy contest which culminated at the Company’s annual
meeting  held  on  June  14,  2018.  Costs  for  the  three  and  twelve  months  ended  February  2,  2019  includes  $13  and  $825,  respectively,  related  to  the
strategic  review  process,  nil  and  $868  for  incremental  directors  and  officers  run-off  insurance  costs  incurred  prior  to  the  annual  meeting  on  June  14,
2018, and $42 and $1,900, respectively, for costs incurred in connection with the proxy contest, including nil and $957, respectively, paid to Rainy Day
Investments Ltd., a controlling shareholder, for third-party costs incurred by it, as approved by the independent members of the Board of Directors of the
Company.

(e) Represents cost incurred during the year to organize and establish project requirements and enterprise design that will not be reusable when the company

decides to embark on future ERP initiatives.

(f) Removes the income tax impact of items referenced in notes (a), (b), (c) and (d).

(g) Represents a write-down of the U.S. entity's deferred income tax assets.

(h) Represents provision for uncertain tax positions regarding ongoing tax audits.

(i) Represents the impact on the U.S. entity's deferred income tax assets related to changes in the U.S. statutory income tax rates.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Reconciliation of fully diluted loss per common share to adjusted fully diluted income (loss) per common share

For the three months ended
    February 3,

  February 2,

    For the twelve months ended  
    February 2,

    February 3,

2019

2018

2019

2018

Weighted average number of shares outstanding, fully diluted

26,010,544     

25,874,769     

25,967,836     

25,716,186 

Adjustment for anti-dilution (a)

-     

247,008     

-     

- 

Adjusted weighted average number of shares outstanding, fully diluted

26,010,544     

26,121,777     

25,967,836     

25,716,186 

Net loss

Adjusted net income (loss)

Net loss per share, fully diluted

Adjusted net income (loss) per share, fully diluted

  $

  $

  $

  $

(13,278)   $

(16,091)   $

(33,539)   $

(28,501)

6,401    $

9,741    $

(6,773)   $

(0.51)   $

(0.62)   $

(1.29)   $

0.25    $

0.37    $

(0.26)   $

(110)

(1.11)

(0.00)

Operating Results for the Fourth Quarter of 2018 Compared to the Operating Results for the Fourth Quarter of 2017

Sales.  Sales  decreased  4.1%  to  $83.1  million  from  $86.7  million  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  Fiscal  2017.  Sales  through  e-
commerce and wholesale channels increased $2.5 million and 20.2% driven primarily by greater online adoption in both Canada
and the U.S., as well as our entry into grocery chain distribution earlier this year. Offsetting this was a decline in retail sales of $5.9
million, partially explained by $3.1 million from one less week in our fiscal 2018 calendar year and a decline of $3.2 million and
1.6% in comparable sales.

Gross Profit. Gross profit decreased by $4.9 million to $39.6 million and decreased as a percentage of sales to 47.6% from

51.3%, resulting from a shift in product sales mix and the deleveraging of fixed costs due to negative comparable sales.

Selling, General and Administration Expenses. Selling, general and administration expenses decreased by $12.1 million to
$40.9 million compared to the prior year quarter. As a percentage of sales, selling, general and administration expenses decreased
to 49.1% from 61.1%. Adjusted SG&A, which excludes any impact from executive separation costs, impairment of property and
equipment and intangibles assets, onerous contracts, costs related to strategic review and proxy contest and ERP project termination
costs, increased by $0.2 million to $31.1 million. As a percentage of sales, Adjusted selling, general and administration expenses
increased to 37.4% from 35.7%, due to the deleveraging of fixed costs as a result of negative comparable sales this quarter.

Results from Operating Activities. Loss from operating activities was $1.3 million as compared to $8.4 million in the fourth
quarter  of  Fiscal  2017.  Adjusted  results  from  operating  activities,  which  excludes  any  impact  from  executive  separation  costs,
impairment of property and equipment and intangibles assets, onerous contracts, costs related to strategic review and proxy contest
and ERP project termination costs was $8.4 million compared to $13.6 million in the prior year quarter.

Finance  Costs.  Finance  costs  decreased  by  $0.4  million  to  $1.4  million  in  Fiscal  2018  resulting  from  lower  accretion

expense of $1.7 million offset by an interest accrual of $1.3 million regarding uncertain tax provisions. 

Finance Income. Finance income remained stable at $0.1 million in both Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, as a result of interest

income generated on cash on hand.

Provision (Recovery) for Income Tax. Provision for income tax increased by $4.7 million, to $10.7 million in Fiscal 2018.
The increase in the provision for income taxes was due primarily to a write-down of the deferred income tax assets and a provision
for uncertain tax position.

Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA, which excludes non-cash or other items in the current and prior periods, was $10.9

million compared to $16.4 million in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2017.

Net Income (Loss). Net loss was $13.3 million compared to a net loss of $16.1 million in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2017.
Adjusted  net  income,  which  excludes  any  impact  from  executive  separation  costs,  impairment  of  property  and  equipment  and
intangibles  assets,  onerous  contracts  and  accretion,  costs  related  to  strategic  review  and  proxy  contest,  ERP  project  termination
costs, and provision for uncertain tax positions, was $6.4 million compared to $9.7 million.

37

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
    
    
    
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
      
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Net Income (Loss) per Share. Fully diluted loss per common share was $0.51 compared to $0.62 in the fourth quarter of
Fiscal 2017. Adjusted fully diluted loss per common share, which is adjusted net income on a fully-diluted weighted average shares
outstanding basis, was $0.25 per share compared to $0.37 per share.

Cash  on  Hand.  At  the  end  of  the  quarter,  the  Company  had  cash  amounting  to  $42.1  million.  Our  strong  cash  position

enables us to execute our strategy and invest further in our e-commerce platform.

Fiscal Year Ended February 2, 2019 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended February 3, 2018

Sales. Sales for Fiscal 2018 decreased 5%, or $11.3 million, to $212.8 million from $224.0 million in Fiscal 2017,

comprising $16.4 million in comparable sales decrease and $5.1 million increase in non‑comparable sales. For Fiscal 2018,
comparable sales decreased by 6.1% and non‑comparable sales increased primarily due to e-commerce and wholesale channel sales
driven primarily by greater online adoption in both Canada and the U.S., as well as our entry into grocery chain distribution.

Gross Profit. Gross profit decreased by 8.6%, or $9.3 million, to $98.0 million in Fiscal 2018 from $107.2 million in Fiscal

2017. Gross profit as a percentage of sales decreased to 46.1% in Fiscal 2018 from 47.9% in Fiscal 2017. The decrease in gross
profit as a percent of sales was primarily due to deleveraging of fixed costs due to the negative 6.1% comparative sales for the year.

Selling, General and Administration Expenses. Selling, general and administration expenses decreased by 4.7%, or $6.2

million, to $125.8 million in Fiscal 2018 from $131.9 million in Fiscal 2017. As a percentage of sales, selling, general and
administration expenses decreased to 59.1% in Fiscal 2018 from 58.9% in Fiscal 2017. Excluding employee separation costs,
impairment of property and equipment and intangibles assets, impact of onerous contracts, cessation of ERP project, as well as loss
on disposal of property and equipment in Fiscal 2018, selling, general and administration expenses increased 0.9% to $107.8
million in Fiscal 2018 from $106.8 million in Fiscal 2017, due primarily salaries of new 2017 stores going full year in 2018 as well
as higher for comparable stores. As a percentage of sales, selling, general and administration expenses excluding the impacts
referenced above increased to 50.7% from 47.7%.

Results from Operating Activities. Loss from operating activities increased by $3.1 million, to $(27.8) million in Fiscal 2018

from $(24.7) million in Fiscal 2017. Excluding executive separation costs, impairment of property and equipment and intangible
assets, impact of onerous contracts, ERP termination project as well as the loss on disposal of property and equipment in Fiscal
2018, results from operating activities decreased to a loss of $(9.9) million in Fiscal 2018 from $0.5 million in Fiscal 2017.

Adjusted  EBITDA.  Adjusted  EBITDA,  which  excludes  non-cash  or  other  items  in  the  current  and  prior  periods,  was

negative $1.3 million compared to $12.8 million for Fiscal 2017.

Net Loss.  Net  loss  was  $33.5  million  compared  to  a  net  loss  of  $28.5  million  for  the  comparable  period  in  Fiscal  2017.
Adjusted  net  loss  which  excludes  any  impact  from  executive  separation  costs,  impairment  of  property  and  equipment  and
intangible  assets,  onerous  contracts,  costs  related  to  strategic  review  and  proxy  contest,  ERP  project  termination  costs,  and
provision for uncertain tax positions, was $6.8 million compared to an adjusted net loss $0.1 million in Fiscal 2017.

38

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Finance Costs. Finance costs decreased by $0.8 million to $1.6 million in Fiscal 2018 from $2.4 million in Fiscal 2017, as a

result of a lower accretion expense on the provision for onerous contracts.

Finance Income. Finance income increased by $0.1 million, or 23.5%, to $0.7 million in Fiscal 2018 from $0.6 million in

Fiscal 2017, as a result of interest income generated on cash on hand.

Provision (Recovery) for Income Tax. Provision for income tax increased by $2.9 million, to $4.9 million in Fiscal 2018.

The increase in the provision for income taxes was due primarily to a write-down of the deferred income tax assets and a provision
for uncertain tax position. Our effective tax rates were (17.0%) and (7.6%) in Fiscal 2018 and 2017, respectively. The effective tax
rate decreased as a result of the write-down of the deferred income tax assets and provision for uncertain tax position.

Net Loss per Share. Fully diluted loss per common share was $1.29 compared to $1.11 in the comparable period of Fiscal
2017.  Adjusted  fully  diluted  loss  per  common  share,  which  is  adjusted  net  loss  on  a  fully-diluted  weighted  average  shares
outstanding basis, was $0.26 per share compared to $0.00 per share.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As  of  February  2,  2019  we  had  $42.1  million  of  cash  compared  to  $63.5  million  as  of  February  3,  2018.  Our  working

capital was $62.1 million as of February 2, 2019, compared to $77.2 million as at February 3, 2018.

Our primary cash needs are to support the increase in inventories needed to satisfy customer demand and for any capital

expenditures related to store renovations.

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash on hand and borrowings under our Revolving Facility. As of February 2, 2019, we
are  in  default  under  our  Revolving  Facility  and,  notwithstanding  we  have  sufficient  cash  to  operate  the  business,  we  do  not
currently  have  access  to  borrowings  under  this  Revolving  Facility.  BMO  has  temporarily  agreed  to  forbear  from  exercising
remedies under the Credit Agreement.

We are in good-faith negotiations with BMO to replace the current Revolving Facility with an alternative arrangement that
will provide the Company with access to borrowings, if needed. Notwithstanding this, the Company has never drawn on any debt
facilities.

Our primary working capital requirements are for the purchase of store inventory and payment of payroll, rent and other
store operating costs. Our working capital requirements fluctuate during the year, rising in the second and third fiscal quarters as we
take title to increasing quantities of inventory in anticipation of our peak selling season in the fourth fiscal quarter.

Capital expenditures typically vary depending on the timing of store remodeling, store openings and infrastructure-related
investments.  During  Fiscal  2018,  capital  expenditures  totaled  $8.3  million.  We  devoted  approximately  47%  of  our  capital
expenditures to construct as well as renovate a number of existing stores. The remainder of the capital expenditures was used to
make continued investments in our infrastructure.

We  believe  that  our  cash  position  will  be  adequate  to  finance  our  planned  capital  expenditures  and  working  capital

requirements for the next twelve months.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Cash Flow

A summary of our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities is presented in the following table:

Cash flows provided by (used in):
Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities
Increase (decrease) in cash

Cash Flows Provided by Operating Activities

Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities:
Net loss
Depreciation of property and equipment
Amortization of intangible assets
Loss on disposal of property and equipment
Impairment of property and equipment and intangible assets
Deferred rent
Provision for onerous contracts
Stock-based compensation expense
Amortization of financing fees
Accretion on provisions
Deferred income taxes (recovered)
Net change in other non-cash working capital balances related to operations
Cash flows provided by operating activities

For the year ended
  February 2,     February 3,  

2019

2018

  $

  $

(13,228)   $
(8,264)    
82     
(21,410)   $

9,858 
(12,596)
1,782 
(956)

For the year ended
  February 2,     February 3,  

2019

2018

  $

  $

(33,539)   $
6,905     
1,298     
1,875     
9,960     
25     
6,282     
211     
64     
251     
5,069     
(11,628)    
(13,228)   $

(28,501)
8,431 
1,474 
82 
15,069 
542 
10,321 
2,021 
79 
2,292 
3,585 
(5,537)
9,858 

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased to $(13.2) million in Fiscal 2018 from $9.9 million in Fiscal 2017. The

decrease in the cash flows provided by operating activities was due mainly to investment in working capital, primarily inventory
and to lower results from operating activities partially offset by lower impairment on property and equipment and provision on
onerous contracts.

The increase in inventories of $9.9 million in Fiscal 2018 is primarily related to sales shortfalls. The increase in trade and

other payables of $6.6 million is mainly due to increase in inventories in Fiscal 2018 compared to Fiscal 2017.

Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities

Capital expenditures decreased $4.3 million, to $8.3 million in Fiscal 2018 from $12.6 million in Fiscal 2017. This decrease

was due primarily to a reduction in new store openings costs and renovations of existing stores.

40

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
    
  
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
    
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Cash Flows Provided by Financing Activities

Cash flows provided by financing activities:

Proceeds from issuance of common shares pursuant to exercise of stock options

Cash flows provided by financing activities

For the year ended
  February 2,     February 3,  

2019

2018

  $
  $

82    $
82    $

1,782 
1,782 

Net  cash  provided  by  financing  activities  decreased  by  $1.7  million  to  $0.1  million  in  Fiscal  2018  from  $1.8  million  in

Fiscal 2017 due to a decrease in the proceeds from issuance of common shares upon exercise of stock options.

Credit Facility with Bank of Montreal

The Company has a credit arrangement (hereinafter referred to as “Credit Agreement”) with the Bank of Montreal (“BMO”)
that provides for a three-year revolving term facility, maturing June 11, 2020, in the principal amount of $15.0 million (which we
refer to as the “Revolving Facility”) or the equivalent amount in U.S. dollars, repayable at any time.

As at February 2, 2019, we did not have any borrowings on the Revolving Facility.

The  Credit  Agreement  subjects  us  to  certain  financial  covenants.  Without  the  prior  written  consent  of  BMO,  our  fixed
charge coverage ratio may not be less than 1.10:1.00 and our leverage ratio may not exceed 3.00:1.00. In addition, our net tangible
worth may not be less than $65.0 million.

Borrowings under the Revolving Facility are available in the form of Canadian dollar advances, U.S. dollar advances, prime
rate  loans,  banker’s  acceptances,  U.S.  base  rate  loans  and  LIBOR  loans.  Further,  up  to  an  aggregate  maximum  amount  of  $2.0
million,  or  the  equivalent  amount  in  other  currencies  authorized  by  BMO,  is  available  by  way  of  letters  of  credit  or  letters  of
guarantees for terms of not more than 364 days. The Revolving Facility bears interest based on our adjusted leverage ratio. In the
event our adjusted leverage ratio is equal to or less than 3.00:1.00, the Revolving Facility bears interest at (a) the bank’s prime rate
plus  0.50%  per  annum,  (b)  the  bank’s  U.S.  base  rate  plus  0.50%  per  annum,  (c)  LIBOR  plus  1.50%  per  annum,  subject  to
availability, or (d) 1.50% on the face amount of each banker’s acceptance, letter of credit or letter of guarantee, as applicable. A
standby  fee  of  0.30%  will  be  paid  on  the  daily  principal  amount  of  the  unused  portion  of  the  Revolving  Facility.  Should  our
adjusted leverage ratio be greater than 3.00:1.00 but less than 4.00:1.00, the Revolving Facility bears interest at (a) the bank’s prime
rate  plus  0.75%  per  annum,  (b)  the  bank’s  U.S.  base  rate  plus  0.75%  per  annum,  (c)  LIBOR  plus  1.75%  per  annum,  subject  to
availability, or (d) 1.75% on the face amount of each banker’s acceptance, letter of credit or letter of guarantee, as applicable. A
standby fee of 0.35% will be paid on the daily principal amount of the unused portion of the Revolving Facility. If our adjusted
leverage ratio is greater than 4.00:1.00 but less than 5.00:1.00, the Revolving Facility bears interest at (a) bank’s prime rate plus
1.25% per annum, (b) the bank’s U.S. base rate plus 1.25% per annum, (c) LIBOR plus 2.25% per annum, subject to availability, or
(d) 2.25% on the face amount of each banker’s acceptance, letter of credit or letter of guarantee, as applicable. A standby fee of
0.45% will be paid on the daily principal amount of the unused portion of the Revolving Facility. If our adjusted leverage ratio is
greater than 5.00:1.00, the Revolving Facility bears interest at (a) bank’s prime rate plus 1.50% per annum, (b) the bank’s U.S. base
rate  plus  2.50%  per  annum,  (c)  LIBOR  plus  2.50%  per  annum,  subject  to  availability,  or  (d)  2.50%  on  the  face  amount  of  each
banker’s acceptance, letter of credit or letter of guarantee, as applicable. A standby fee of 0.50% will be paid on the daily principal
amount of the unused portion of the Revolving Facility.

The Credit Agreement is collateralized by a first lien security interest in all of our assets, a general security agreement,
registered in each Canadian province in which we do business, creating a first priority charge on all assets. The Credit Agreement is
also guaranteed by, and secured by a first lien security interest in all of the assets of, our wholly owned U.S. subsidiary,
DAVIDsTEA (USA) Inc.

The Credit Agreement contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict
our ability to become guarantor or endorser or otherwise become liable upon any note or other obligation other than in the normal
course of business. We also cannot make any dividend payments. As at February 23, 2018, we were in default under certain
covenants contained in our Credit Agreement, including our failure to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.10:1.00 and
certain reporting requirements. BMO has temporarily agreed to forbear from exercising remedies under the Credit Agreement.

41

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
    
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Off‑Balance Sheet Arrangements

Other than operating lease obligations, we have no off‑balance sheet obligations.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

In the normal course of business, we enter into contractual obligations that will require us to disburse cash over future

periods. All commitments have been recorded in our consolidated balance sheets, except for purchase obligations and minimum
annual lease payments under operating leases. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of February 2, 2019,
and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods.

Total

less than
1 year

Payments due by period
Between

Between

    More than  
5 years

Trade and other payables
Operating lease obligations (1)
Purchase obligations (2)
Total
____________ 
(1) Operating lease obligations under long‑term operating leases is exclusive of certain operating costs for which the Company is responsible. Certain of the

18,251    $
116,772     
9,146     
144,169    $

18,251    $
21,089     
9,146     
48,486    $

-    $
28,893     
-     
28,893    $

    1 and 3 years     3 and 5 years    
-    $
66,790     
-     
66,790    $

- 
- 
- 
0 

  $

  $

operating lease agreements provide for additional rentals based on sales.

(2)

Includes amounts pertaining to agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding on the Company.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our  discussion  and  analysis  of  operating  results  and  financial  condition  are  based  upon  our  financial  statements.  The
preparation of financial statements requires us to estimate the effect of various matters that are inherently uncertain as of the date of
the financial statements. Each of these required estimates varies in regard to the level of judgment involved and its potential impact
on our reported financial results. Estimates are deemed critical when a different estimate could have reasonably been used or where
changes in the estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period, and would materially impact our financial position,
changes  in  financial  position  or  results  of  operations.  Our  significant  accounting  policies  are  discussed  under  Note  3  to  our
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

Key  sources  of  estimation  uncertainty  that  have  a  significant  risk  of  resulting  in  a  material  adjustment  to  the  carrying

amount of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are as follows:

Recoverability and impairment of non-financial assets. Leasehold improvements and furniture and equipment are reviewed
for  impairment  if  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  may  not  be  recoverable.  A  review  for
impairment  is  conducted  by  comparing  the  carrying  amount  of  the  Cash  Generating  Units  (CGU)’  assets  with  their  respective
recoverable amounts based on value in use. Value in use is determined based on management’s best estimate of expected future
cash  flows,  which  includes  estimates  of  growth  rates,  from  use  over  the  remaining  lease  term  and  discounted  using  a  pre‑tax
weighted average cost of capital.

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
     
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Income taxes. To determine the extent to which deferred income tax assets can be recognized, management estimates the

amount of probable future taxable profits that will be available against which deductible temporary differences and unused tax
losses can be used. Such estimates are made as part of the budget and strategic plan by tax jurisdiction. Management exercises
judgment to determine the extent to which realization of future taxable benefits is probable considering factors such as the number
of years included in the forecast period and prudent tax planning strategies.

Intercompany transfer pricing. Our intercompany transfer pricing are currently subject to audit by the CRA. We believe that

our intercompany transfer policies and tax positions are reasonable and reflect economic realities documented at the time of
implementation. However, it is possible that the final outcome of our audit may be materially different from that which is reflected
in our income tax provision.

Critical judgments in applying accounting policies

We believe the following are critical judgments that management has made in the process of applying accounting policies

that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in our consolidated financial statements:

Impairment of non‑financial assets. Management is required to make significant judgments in determining if individual

commercial premises in which it carries out its activities are individual CGUs, or if these units should be aggregated at a district or
regional level to form a CGU. The significant judgments applied by management in determining if stores should be aggregated in a
given geographic area to form a CGU include the determination of expected customer behavior and whether customers could
interchangeably shop in any of the stores in a given area and whether management views the cash flows of the stores in the group
as interdependent.

Income taxes. We may be subject to audits related to tax risks, and uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation of
tax regulations, changes in tax laws, and the amount and timing of future taxable income. Differences arising between the actual
results and the assumptions made, or future changes to such assumptions, could necessitate future adjustments to taxable income
and income tax expense already recorded. We establish provisions if required, based on reasonable estimates, for possible
consequences of audits by the tax authorities. The amount of such provisions is based on various factors, such as experience of
previous tax audits and differing interpretations of tax regulations by the entity and the responsible tax authority, which may arise
on a wide variety of issues.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Information on significant new accounting standards and amendments issued but not yet adopted is described below.

IFRS 16, “Leases” (“IFRS 16”) replaces IAS 17, “Leases.” This standard provides a single model for leases abolishing the

current distinction between finance and operating leases, with most leases being recognized on the balance sheet. Certain
exemptions will apply for short-term leases and leases of low value assets. The new standard will be effective for annual periods
beginning on or after January 1, 2019. Early application is permitted, provided the new revenue standard, IFRS 15, has been
applied, or is applied at the same date as IFRS 16. The Company expects the adoption of IFRS 16 will have a significant impact as
the Company will recognize new assets and liabilities for its operating leases of retail stores. In addition, the nature and timing of
expenses related to those leases will change as IFRS 16 replaces the straight-line operating lease expense with a depreciation
charge for right-of-use assets and interest expense on lease liabilities. The Company has elected to apply the modified retrospective
method by setting right-of-use assets based on the lease liability at the date of initial application, adjusted by the amount of any
prepaid or accrued lease payments, and will benefit from the following practical expedients;

·

·

·

·

·

apply IFRS 16 exclusively to contracts that were previously identified as leases applying IAS 17,

apply a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics,

rely  on  its  assessment  of  whether  leases  are  onerous  applying  IAS  37  immediately  before  the  date  of  initial  application  as  an  alternative  to
performing an impairment review of the right-of-use asset,

exclude initial direct costs from the measurement of the right-of-use asset at the date of initial application, and

elect not to apply IFRS 16 to leases for which the underlying asset is of low value.

As of February 2, 2019, based on the information currently available, the Company estimates that it will recognize a right-
of-use asset of approximately $62,800 to $66,000 and a lease liability of approximately $90,000 to $94,600. The right-of-use asset
will be net of the provision for onerous leases and deferred rent and lease inducements relating to the leases recognised in the
consolidated balance sheet immediately before the date of initial application. The actual impacts of the initial application of IFRS
16 may vary from the estimates provided, as the Company has not finalized all its calculations.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Table of Contents

IFRIC 23, “Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments”, was issued by the IASB in June 2017. The Interpretation provides
guidance on the accounting for current and deferred tax liabilities and assets in circumstances in which there is uncertainty over
income tax treatments. The Interpretation is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. Earlier application
is permitted. The Interpretation requires an entity to:

·

·

·

Contemplate whether uncertain tax treatments should be considered separately, or together as a group, based on which approach provides better
predictions of the resolution;

Reflect  an  uncertainty  in  the  amount  of  income  tax  payable  (recoverable)  if  it  is  probable  that  it  will  pay  (or  recover)  an  amount  for  the
uncertainty; and

Measure a tax uncertainty based on the most likely amount or expected value depending on whichever method better predicts the amount payable
(recoverable).

The Company does not expect a material impact from the adoption of IFRIC 23 on its consolidated financial statements.

JOBS Act Exemptions and Foreign Private Issuer Status

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take

advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. This
includes an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting
pursuant to the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act. We may take advantage of this exemption for up to five years or such earlier time that we are
no longer an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company if we (1) have US$1.07 billion or more
in annual revenue as of the end of our fiscal year, (2) are a large accelerated filer and have more than US$700.0 million in market
value of our common shares held by non‑affiliates as of the end of our second fiscal quarter or (3) issue more than US$1.0 billion
of non‑convertible debt securities over a three‑year period. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced
burdens.

We do not take advantage of the extended transition period provided under Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for
complying with new or revised accounting standards. We report under the Exchange Act as a non‑U.S. company with foreign
private issuer status. Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, as long as we qualify as a foreign private
issuer under the Exchange Act we will be exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. domestic
public companies, including:

·

·

·

·

the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the
Exchange Act;

the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders
who profit from trades made in a short period of time;

the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10‑Q containing unaudited financial and other
specified information, or current reports on Form 8‑K, upon the occurrence of specified significant events; and

Regulation FD, which regulates selective disclosures of material information by issuers.

ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk in interest rates on debt and foreign currency on purchases of our teas and tea accessories.

Interest Rate Risk

Our borrowings under our Revolving Facility carry floating interest rates tied to our lender’s prime rate, and therefore, our
consolidated statements of loss and cash flows will be exposed to changes in interest rates in fiscal periods in which we have debt
outstanding. As at February 2, 2019, we have no indebtedness under our Revolving Facility.

Foreign Exchange Risk

A significant portion of our tea and tea accessory purchases are in U.S. dollars as is our revenue from U.S. stores and U.S.

e‑commerce customers. As a result, our statement of loss and cash flows could be adversely impacted by changes in exchange
rates, primarily between the U.S. dollar and the Canadian dollar. During the year, in order to protect ourselves from the risk of
losses should the value of the Canadian dollar decline in relation to the U.S. dollar, we entered into forward contracts of $30.0
million to fix the exchange rate of 80% to 90% of our expected February 2018 to September 2018 U.S. dollar purchases in respect
of our inventory.

44

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
As of February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018:

Consolidated Balance Sheets

For the years ended February 2, 2019, February 3, 2018, and January 28, 2017:

Consolidated Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Consolidated Statements of Equity

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

45

Page

46 

47 

48 
49 
50 
51 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of DAVIDsTEA Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of DAVIDsTEA Inc. (the Company) as of February 2, 2019

and February 3, 2018, the related consolidated statements of loss and comprehensive loss, cash flows and equity for each of the
three years in the period ended February 2, 2019 and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial
statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
the Company at February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended February 2, 2019, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform

the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement,
whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal
control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial
reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial
reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also
included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP1

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2011.

Montréal, Canada
May 2, 2019

_________ 
1 CPA, Auditor, CA, public accountancy permit no. A123806

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

DAVIDsTEA Inc.

Incorporated under the laws of Canada

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

[In thousands of Canadian dollars]

ASSETS
Current
Cash
Accounts and other receivables
Inventories
Income tax receivable
Prepaid expenses and deposits
Total current assets
Property and equipment
Intangible assets
Deferred income tax assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current
Trade and other payables
Deferred revenue
Current portion of provisions
Derivative financial instruments
Total current liabilities
Deferred rent and lease inducements
Provisions
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies
Equity
Share capital
Contributed surplus
Deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Total equity

As at

  February 2,

    February 3,

2019
$

2018
$

42,074     
3,681     
34,353     
4,107     
8,819     
93,034     
23,788     
5,678     
—     
122,500     

20,951     
6,241     
3,714     
—     
30,906     
8,698     
15,440     
55,044     

112,519     
1,400     
(47,960)    
1,497     
67,456     
122,500     

63,484 
3,131 
24,450 
2,968 
7,712 
101,745 
36,558 
4,439 
5,194 
147,936 

14,392 
5,186 
4,693 
229 
24,500 
8,608 
13,460 
46,568 

111,692 
2,642 
(14,721)
1,755 
101,368 
147,936 

[Note 6]
[Note 7]

[Note 8]
[Note 9]
[Note 17]

[Note 10]
[Note 11]
[Note 12]
[Note 22]

[Note 12]

[Note 13]

[Note 15]

See accompanying notes

47

 
  
 
 
 
    
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
    
  
   
 
    
  
   
 
    
  
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
      
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
   
      
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
Table of Contents

DAVIDsTEA Inc.

Incorporated under the laws of Canada

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF LOSS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

[In thousands of Canadian dollars, except share information]

Sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Selling, general and administration expenses
Results from operating activities
Finance costs
Finance income
Loss before income taxes
Provision for income tax (recovery)
Net loss
Other comprehensive loss
Items to be reclassified subsequently to income:
Unrealized net gain (loss) on forward exchange contracts
Realized net (gain) loss on forward exchange contracts reclassified to inventory
Provision for income tax recovery (income tax) on comprehensive income
Cumulative translation adjustment
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
Total comprehensive loss
Net loss per share:

Basic and fully diluted

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

Basic and fully diluted

[Note 21]

[Note 18]

[Note 16]

[Note 17]

[Note 22]

February 2,
2019
$

For the year ended
    February 3,

    January 28,

2018
$

2017
$

212,753     
114,774     
97,979     
125,722     
(27,743)    
1,614     
(700)    
(28,657)    
4,882     
(33,539)    

-     
230     
(63)    
(425)    
(258)    
(33,797)    

224,015     
116,772     
107,243     
131,930     
(24,687)    
2,371     
(567)    
(26,491)    
2,010     
(28,501)    

(992)    
309     
183     
(932)    
(1,432)    
(29,933)    

215,984 
107,534 
108,450 
114,756 
(6,306)
76 
(479)
(5,903)
(2,235)
(3,668)

(2,247)
(742)
793 
(820)
(3,016)
(6,684)

[Note 19]

(1.29)    

(1.11)    

(0.15)

[Note 19]

25,967,836     

25,716,186     

24,699,290 

See accompanying notes

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
    
    
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
      
      
  
   
 
      
      
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
      
      
  
 
 
   
 
      
      
  
 
 
  
 
 
Table of Contents

DAVIDsTEA Inc.

Incorporated under the laws of Canada

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

[In thousands of Canadian dollars]

OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss
Items not affecting cash:
Depreciation of property and equipment
Amortization of intangible assets
Write-off of property and equipment
Impairment of property and equipment
Deferred rent
Provision (recovery) for onerous contracts
Stock-based compensation expense
Amortization of financing fees
Accretion on provisions
Deferred income taxes (recovered)

Net change in other non-cash working capital balances related to operations
Cash flows related to operating activities
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from issuance of common shares pursuant to exercise of stock options
Cash flows related to financing activities
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Additions to property and equipment
Additions to intangible assets
Cash flows related to investing activities
Decrease in cash during the year
Cash, beginning of year
Cash, end of year
Supplemental Information
Cash paid for:
Interest
Income taxes (classified as operating activity)

Cash received for:

Interest
Income taxes (classified as operating activity)

See accompanying notes.

49

  February 2,

For the year ended
    February 3,

    January 28,

2019
$

2018
$

2017
$

(33,539)    

(28,501)    

(3,668)

6,904     
1,298     
1,875     
9,960     
25     
6,282     
211     
64     
251     
5,069     
(1,600)    
(11,628)    
(13,228)    

82     
82     

(3,898)    
(4,366)    
(8,264)    
(21,410)    
63,484     
42,074     

—     
10     

650     
1,774     

8,431     
1,474     
82     
15,069     
542     
10,321     
2,021     
79     
2,292     
3,585     
15,395     
(5,537)    
9,858     

1,782     
1,782     

(9,634)    
(2,962)    
(12,596)    
(956)    
64,440     
63,484     

—     
880     

574     
68     

8,069 
758 
356 
7,516 
1,325 
8,140 
2,264 
75 
— 
(4,380)
20,455 
(9,293)
11,162 

2,779 
2,779 

(20,531)
(1,484)
(22,015)
(8,074)
72,514 
64,440 

1 
2,437 

486 
532 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
    
    
  
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
 
 
Table of Contents

DAVIDsTEA Inc.

Incorporated under the laws of Canada

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

[In thousands of Canadian dollars]

Share
  Capital

$

    Contributed   
Surplus
$

Deficit
$

    Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income    
    Accumulated    Accumulated   
Foreign
    Derivative    
    Currency    
    Financial
    Instrument     Translation     Comprehensive   
    Adjustment     Adjustment    

    Accumulated    
Other

$

$

Income
$

Total
Equity
$

Balance, January 28, 2017
Net loss for the year ended
February 3, 2018
Other comprehensive loss
Total comprehensive loss
Issuance of common shares

Common shares issued on vesting of
restricted stock units

Write-down of deferred income tax
assets
Stock-based compensation expense
Income tax impact associated with
stock options

Impact of change in foreign tax rate
associated with stock options

Reduction of stated capital
Balance, February 3, 2018

Balance, February 3, 2018
Net loss for the year ended
February 2, 2019
Other comprehensive loss
Total comprehensive loss
Issuance of common shares

Common shares issued on vesting of
restricted stock units

Stock-based compensation expense
Income tax impact associated with
stock options
Balance, February 2, 2019

263,828     

8,833     

(142,398)    

333     

2,854     

3,187     

133,450 

-     
-     
-     
2,669     

-     
-     
-     
(887)    

(28,501)    
-     
(28,501)    
-     

1,142     

(1,984)    

231     

-     
-     

(3,412)    
2,021     

-     

(1,797)    

-     
-     

-     

-     
(500)    
(500)    
-     

-     

-     
-     

-     

-     
(932)    
(932)    
-     

-     

-     
-     

-     

-     
(155,947)    
111,692     

(132)    
-     
2,642     

-     
155,947     
(14,721)    

-     
-     
(167)    

-     
-     
1,922     

-     
(1,432)    
(1,432)    
-     

-     

-     
-     

(28,501)
(1,432)
(29,933)
1,782 

(611)

(3,412)
2,021 

-     

(1,797)

-     
-     
1,755     

(132)
— 
101,368 

111,692     

2,642     

(14,721)    

(167)    

1,922     

1,755     

101,368 

-     
-     
-     
164     

663     
-     

-     
-     
-     
(82)    

(33,539)    
-     
(33,539)    
-     

(1,370)    
211     

300     
-     

-     
112,519     

(1)    
1,400     

-     
(47,960)    

-     
167     
167     
-     

-     
-     

-     
-     

-     
(425)    
(425)    
-     

-     
-     

-     
1,497     

-     
(258)    
(258)    
-     

(33,539)
(258)
(33,797)
82 

-     
-     

(407)
211 

-     
1,497     

(1)
67,456 

See accompanying notes

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
 
Table of Contents

DAVIDsTEA Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended February 2, 2019, February 3, 2018 and January 28, 2017

[Amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars except per share amounts and where otherwise indicated]

1. CORPORATE INFORMATION

The consolidated financial statements of DAVIDsTEA Inc. and its subsidiary (collectively, the “Company”) for the year

ended February 2, 2019 were authorized for issue in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors on May 2, 2019. The
Company is incorporated and domiciled in Canada and its shares are publicly traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the
symbol “DTEA”. The registered office is located at 5430, Ferrier Street, Town of Mount-Royal, Quebec, Canada, H4P 1M2.

The Company is engaged in the retail and online sale of tea, tea accessories, and food and beverages in Canada and in the
United States. Sales fluctuate from quarter to quarter. Sales are traditionally higher in the fourth fiscal quarter due to the year-end
holiday season, and tend to be lowest in the second and third fiscal quarters because of lower customer traffic during the summer
months.

2. BASIS OF PREPARATION

The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). The accounting policies were
consistently applied to all periods presented, other than with respect to the adoption of new accounting standards as disclosed in
note 4.

The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to the end of January, typically resulting in a 52-week year, but
occasionally giving rise to an additional week, resulting in a 53-week year. The years ended January 28, 2017, February 2, 2019
cover a 52-week period. The year ended February 3, 2018 covers a 53-week fiscal period.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned U.S. subsidiary,

DAVIDsTEA (USA) Inc. The financial statements of the subsidiary are prepared for the same reporting period as the parent
company, using consistent accounting policies. All intercompany transactions, balances and unrealized gains or losses have been
eliminated.

Basis of measurement

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following material

items:

·

·

Derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value; and

Provisions for onerous contracts are measured at the present value of the expenditures expected to settle the obligations.

Functional and presentation currency

These consolidated financial statements are presented in Canadian dollars, which is the parent Company’s functional

currency.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

3. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Cash

Cash on the consolidated balance sheet comprises cash at banks and on hand.

Inventory valuation

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using the weighted average cost

method. Costs include the cost of purchase and transportation costs that are directly incurred to bring the inventories to their present
location, and duty. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price of inventory in the ordinary course of business, less any
estimated selling costs. Cost also includes realized gains and losses on forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges of U.S.
inventory purchases.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are initially recorded at cost and are depreciated over their useful economic life. Cost includes

expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset, including any costs directly related to bringing the asset to
a working condition for its intended use. The residual values, useful lives and methods of depreciation of property and equipment
are reviewed at each financial year end and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate. All repair and maintenance costs are recognized
in net loss as incurred.

Depreciation of an asset begins once it becomes available for use. Depreciation is charged to income on the following bases:

Furniture and equipment
Computer hardware

  20% declining balance
  30% declining balance

Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a straight‑line basis over the lesser of the useful economic life and the initial

term of the leases, plus one renewal option period, not to exceed 10 years.

Any gain or loss arising on the disposal or derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal

proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset) is included in our consolidated statement of net loss when the asset is derecognized.

Intangible assets

Intangible assets consist of computer software, trademarks and patents.

Intangible assets are initially recorded at cost. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their useful economic

life. The amortization period and the amortization method for an intangible asset with a finite useful life are reviewed at least at the
end of each reporting period. Changes in the expected useful life are considered to modify the amortization period or method, as
appropriate, and are treated as changes in accounting estimates. The amortization expense on intangible assets with finite lives is
recognized in out consolidated statement of loss as the expense category that is consistent with the function of the intangible assets.

Any gain or loss arising on the disposal or derecognition of the intangible asset (calculated as the difference between the net

disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the intangible asset) is included in our consolidated statement of loss when the
intangible asset is derecognized.

When computer software is not an integral part of a related item of computer hardware, the software is treated as an
intangible. Computer software is amortized on the basis of its estimated useful life using the declining method at the rate of 30%.

Leases

Leases are classified as either operating or finance, based on the substance of the transaction at inception of the lease.

Classification is re‑assessed if the terms of the lease are changed.

Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are not assumed by the Company are classified

as operating leases. The Company carries on its operations in premises under leases of varying terms and renewal options, which
are accounted for as operating leases. Payments under an operating lease are recognized in net loss on a straight‑line basis over the
term of the lease. When a lease contains a predetermined fixed escalation of the minimum rent, the Company recognizes the related
rent expense on a straight‑line basis and, consequently, records the difference between the recognized rental expense and the
amounts payable under the lease as deferred rent. Contingent (sales‑based) rentals are recognized as an expense when incurred.

52

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Store opening costs

Store opening costs are expensed as incurred.

Impairment

i.

Impairment of financial assets

The Company applies the “expected credit loss” model. The impairment model applies to trade receivables. It requires a

credit loss to be reflected in profit and loss immediately after an asset or receivable is acquired and subsequent changes in expected
credit losses at each reporting date reflecting the change in credit risk. The Company applies the simplified approach for trade
receivables and calculates expected credit losses based on lifetime expected credit losses.

ii.

Impairment of non‑financial assets

The Company assesses, at each reporting date, whether there is an indication that an item of property and equipment or an

intangible asset may be impaired. If any indication exists, the Company estimates the asset’s recoverable amount. An asset’s
recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or cash‑generating unit’s (“CGU”) fair value less costs of disposal and its value in
use. When the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written
down to its recoverable amount.

In determining fair value less costs of disposal, recent market transactions are taken into account. If no such transactions can

be identified, an appropriate valuation model is used. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to
their present value using a pre‑tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money. Recoverable
amount is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those
from other assets or corporate assets. The discount rate applied to an asset or CGU is the weighted average cost of capital
(“WACC”). Management considers factors such as risk-free rate, equity risk premium, size premium, specific business risk
premium and cost of debt to derive the WACC.

The Company bases its impairment calculation on detailed budgets and forecast calculations, which are prepared separately

for each of the Company’s CGUs to which the individual assets are allocated. These budgets and forecast calculations generally
cover the lease term.

Based on the management of operations, the Company has defined each of the commercial premises in which it carries out

its activities as a CGU, although where appropriate these premises are aggregated at a district or regional level to form a CGU.

An assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously recognized impairment

may no longer exist or may have decreased and if there has been a change in the assumptions used to determine the asset’s
recoverable amount. The reversal is limited to the extent that an asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that
would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, had no impairment loss been recognized. Such reversal is
recognized in our consolidated statement of loss.

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting

The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge its foreign currency risks, resulting from variability

in foreign currency exchange rates on inventory purchases, as described in Note 22.

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract is entered

into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value. Derivatives are carried as financial assets when the fair value is positive and as
financial liabilities when the fair value is negative.

For the purpose of hedge accounting, hedges are classified as cash flow hedges when hedging the exposure to variability in
cash flows that is either attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecast
transaction.

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

At the inception of a hedge relationship, the Company formally designates and documents the hedge relationship to which it

wishes to apply hedge accounting and the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge. The documentation
includes identification of the hedging instrument, the hedged item or transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged and how the
entity will assess the effectiveness of changes in the hedging instrument’s fair value in offsetting the exposure to changes in the
hedged item’s fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk. Such hedges are expected to be highly effective in achieving
offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows and are assessed on an ongoing basis to determine that they actually have been highly
effective throughout the financial reporting periods for which they were designated.

The Company has applied hedge accounting for its foreign exchange forward contracts and has designated them as cash
flow hedges. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognized directly in Other Comprehensive
Loss (“OCI”), while any ineffective portion is recognized immediately in out consolidated statement of loss. The amounts
recognized in OCI are reclassified to inventory when such non-financial asset is recognized on the consolidated balance sheet, and
our consolidated statement of loss when inventory is subsequently sold.

Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that an

outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of
the amount of the obligation. When the Company expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed, the reimbursement is
recognized as a separate asset, but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. The expense relating to a provision is
presented in our consolidated statement of loss, net of any reimbursement. All provisions are reviewed at each reporting date and
adjusted to reflect the current best estimates.

If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted using a current pre‑tax rate that reflects, when

appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. When discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to the passage of time is
recognized as a finance cost.

Deferred lease inducements

The deferred lease inducements are composed of free rent and construction allowances obtained upon signing of lease
agreements for certain retail stores. They are amortized on a straight‑line basis over the term of the related leases, plus one renewal
option, to a maximum of 10 years.

Share capital

i.

Common shares

Common shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of common shares are recognized

as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.

Common shares are classified as equity if they are non‑redeemable or redeemable only at the Company’s option, and any
dividends are discretionary. Dividends thereon are recognized as distributions within equity on approval by the Company’s Board
of Directors.

ii.

Preferred shares

Preferred shares are classified as a financial liability if they are redeemable on a specific date or at the option of the

shareholders. Dividends thereon are recognized as interest expense in our consolidated statement of net loss as accrued.

Stock‑based compensation

The Company has a stock option plan for employees and directors from which options to purchase common shares are
issued (the “Plan”). Options may not be granted with an exercise price of less than the fair value of the underlying shares at the
grant date. The awards have no cash settlement alternatives. The vesting requirements are typically service‑based and the options
normally have a contractual life of seven years.

The fair value of stock‑based compensation awards granted to employees is measured at the grant date using the Black

Scholes option pricing model. Measurement inputs include the share price of the underlying shares on the measurement date, the
exercise price of the option, the expected volatility (based on weighted average historical volatility of comparable companies
adjusted for changes expected based on publicly available information), the weighted average expected life of the option (based on
historical experience), expected dividends, and the risk‑free interest rate (based on government bonds).

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The value of the compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period of the stock options as an expense included in
selling and general administration expenses, with a corresponding increase to contributed surplus in equity. The amount recognized
as an expense is adjusted to reflect the Company’s best estimate of the number of awards that will ultimately vest. No expense is
recognized for awards that do not ultimately vest.

Any consideration paid by plan participants on the exercise of stock options and the previously recognized compensation

cost of the options exercised included in contributed surplus are credited to share capital.

Under the Company’s 2015 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Omnibus Plan”), selected employees and directors

are granted RSUs where each RSU has a value equal to one common share. The compensation expense is recorded at the fair value
of the Company’s common shares at the grant date over the vesting period (generally one to three years) with a corresponding
credit to contributed surplus for equity-settled RSUs and a corresponding credit to a liability for cash-settled RSUs. RSUs may be
settled in shares, cash, or a combination of cash or shares upon vesting at the discretion of the Company. Cash settled RSUs are
revalued at each reporting date to reflect their fair value at that date. Fair value is determined using the closing price of the
Company’s common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market prior to the date of the grant. The Company has not issued any cash
settled awards to date.

Revenue recognition

Revenue is recognized when control of goods has been transferred at the amount of consideration to which the Company

expects to be entitled. Revenue from retail sales is recorded upon delivery to the customer. Revenue is recognized on e-commerce
sales when merchandise is delivered. Revenues are recorded net of discounts, rebates, estimated returns, sales taxes and amounts
deferred related to the issuance of Frequent Steeper points.

i.

Gift card breakage

Gift cards sold are recorded as deferred revenue and revenue is recognized at the time of redemption or in accordance with
the Company’s accounting policy for breakage. Breakage income represents the estimated value of gift cards that is not expected to
be redeemed by customers and is determined in proportion to the pattern of rights exercised by the customer. Gift card breakage is
included in sales in the consolidated statement of loss.

ii.

Loyalty program

The Frequent Steeper loyalty and rewards program allows customers to earn points when they purchase products in the

Company’s retail stores and on the Company’s website. The Company introduced a new Loyalty program on January 1, 2019 that
enhanced some features and removed expiry of points. Under the old program, points were redeemed for free tea or free beverages,
depending on the number of points a customer has obtained over a limited collection period, typically a three-month period. Free
tea offers were issued at the end of each collection period and redeemable within 60 days thereafter. Free beverage offers were
issued at the end of the calendar collection period and redeemable within 60 days thereafter.

Starting January 1, 2019, the Company launched a new Frequent Steeper loyalty and rewards program that allows
customers to earn points when they purchase products at the Company’s retail stores and on the Company’s website. Points are
converted into offers to receive loose-leaf teas which must be redeemed within 60 days. Free beverage offers are issued once a
customer has purchased 10 beverages which must be redeemed within 60 days.

Consideration is allocated between the loyalty program awards and the goods on which the awards were earned, based on

their relative stand-alone selling prices. The fair value of Frequent Steeper points and offers are determined based on the estimated
selling price of the loose-leaf tea, net of points and offers we expect will not be redeemed. The fair value of beverage offers is
determined based on the estimated selling price of the beverage, net of beverage offers that are not expected to be redeemed. The
relative selling price of points and offers issued are recorded as deferred revenue. Offers for loose-leaf tea and beverage offers are
recognized as revenue on the earlier of redemption and expiry. On an ongoing basis, the Company monitors historical redemption
rates. Frequent Steeper redemptions are included with total sales in our consolidated statement of net loss.

Finance income

Interest income is recognized as interest accrues using the effective interest method.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Income taxes

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Current tax and deferred tax are recognized in our consolidated

statement of loss except to the extent that they relate to items recognized directly in equity or in other comprehensive loss.

Current  income  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  current  and  prior  periods  are  measured  at  the  amount  expected  to  be
recovered or paid. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted by the
balance  sheet  date.  Management  periodically  evaluates  positions  taken  in  the  tax  returns  with  respect  to  situations  in  which
applicable tax regulations are subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate.

The  Company  uses  the  liability  method  of  accounting  for  deferred  income  taxes,  which  requires  the  establishment  of
deferred tax assets and liabilities for all temporary differences caused when the tax bases of assets and liabilities differ from their
carrying amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the
tax rates that are expected to apply to the temporary differences when they reverse, based on tax rates that have been enacted or
substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period. The Company recognizes deferred income tax assets for unused tax losses
and deductible temporary differences only to the extent that, in management’s opinion, it is probable that future taxable income will
be available against which they can be utilized. Deferred income tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to
the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset and when the deferred
income  tax  assets  and  liabilities  relate  to  income  taxes  levied  by  the  same  taxation  authority  and  the  Company  intends  either  to
settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated using the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year.

The  diluted  earnings  per  share  is  calculated  by  adjusting  the  weighted  average  number  of  shares  outstanding  to  include
additional shares issued from the assumed conversion of preferred shares and the exercise of stock options and RSUs, if dilutive.
For stock options, the number of additional shares is calculated by assuming that the proceeds from such exercises, as well as the
amount  of  unrecognized  stock-based  compensation  which  is  considered  to  be  assumed  proceeds,  are  used  to  purchase  common
shares at the average market price during the reporting period.

Financial instruments

A  financial  instrument  is  any  contract  that  gives  rise  to  a  financial  asset  of  one  entity  and  a  financial  liability  or  equity
instrument of another entity. A financial asset or liability is recognized initially (at settlement date) at its fair value plus, in the case
of a financial asset or liability not at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition
or issue of the instrument. Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value through profit or loss are initially recognized at fair
value and transaction costs are expensed in the consolidated statements of loss.

After initial recognition, financial assets are measured at amortized cost or fair value. Where assets are measured at fair
value, gains and losses are either recognized entirely in profit or loss (“FVTPL”) or recognized in other comprehensive income
(“FVOCI”).

The Company classifies its financial assets and liabilities according to their characteristics and management's choices and

intentions related thereto for the purposes of ongoing measurement.

Classifications that the Company has used for financial assets include:

(a) Amortized Cost – non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an
active market. This includes trade receivables, and these are recorded at amortized cost with gains and losses
recognized in net income in the period that the asset is no longer recognized or becomes impaired; and

(b) FVTPL – financial assets which are classified as fair value through profit and loss. This includes cash and
derivative financial instruments

Classifications that the Company has used for financial liabilities include:

a) Amortized cost – non-derivative financial liabilities measured at amortized cost with gains and losses recognized
in net loss in the period that the liability is no longer recognized. This includes Trade and other payables; and

b) FVTPL – financial liabilities which are classified as fair value through profit and loss. This includes derivative
financial instruments

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
56

 
Table of Contents

Foreign currency translation

Revenues, expenses and non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of
exchange  prevailing  at  the  transaction  date.  Monetary  assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in  foreign  currencies  are  translated  at
exchange  rates  prevailing  at  the  balance  sheet  date.  Unrealized  and  realized  translation  gains  and  losses  are  reflected  in  our
statement of loss.

The assets and liabilities of the Company’s U.S. wholly owned subsidiary, whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar, are
translated into Canadian dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at
average  exchange  rates  for  the  year.  Differences  arising  from  the  exchange  rate  changes  are  included  in  OCI  in  the  cumulative
translation account.

Foreign  exchange  gains  or  losses  arising  from  a  monetary  item  receivable  from  or  payable  to  a  foreign  operation,  the
settlement of which is neither planned nor likely to occur in the foreseeable future and which in substance is considered to form
part  of  the  net  investment  in  the  foreign  operation,  are  recognized  in  other  OCI  in  the  cumulative  translation  account  and
reclassified from equity to our consolidated statement of loss on disposal of the net investment.

4. CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

As  of  February  4,  2018,  the  Company  adopted  IFRS  9,  “Financial  Instruments”  (“IFRS  9”).  IFRS  9  replaces  IAS  39
Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, bringing together
all three aspects of the accounting for financial instruments: classification and measurement; impairment; and hedge accounting.

With the exception of hedge accounting, which the Company applied prospectively, the Company has applied IFRS 9

retrospectively, with the initial application date of February 4, 2018.

Overall, there was no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

a)

The following table presents the carrying amount of financial assets held by the Company at February 3, 2018 and their measurement category
under IAS 39 and the new model under IFRS 9.

February 3, 2018
IAS 39

February 3, 2018
IFRS 9

  Measurement

category

Carrying
Value
$

  Measurement

category

Carrying
Value
$

Cash
Credit card cash clearing receivables   Amortized cost
  Amortized cost
Other receivables
  FVTPL
Derivative financial instruments

  FVTPL

63,484  FVTPL
1,291  Amortized cost
1,840  Amortized cost

229  FVTPL

63,484
1,291
1,840
229

The classification of all financial liabilities as financial liabilities at amortized cost remains unchanged as well as their

measurement resulting from their classification.

b)

c)

Impairment. IFRS 9 requires the Company to record expected credit losses on all of its debt securities, loans and trade receivables, either on a 12-
month  or  lifetime  basis.  The  Company  applied  the  simplified  approach  and  records  lifetime  expected  losses  on  all  trade  receivables.  The
Company’s IFRS 9 expected credit loss model did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Hedge  accounting.  All  existing  hedge  relationships  that  are  currently  designated  in  effective  hedging  relationships  still  qualify  for  hedge
accounting under IFRS 9. As IFRS 9 does not change the general principles of how an entity accounts for effective hedges, the adoption of IFRS
9 did not have a material impact on the Company’s hedge accounting.

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

As of February 4, 2018, the Company adopted IFRS 15, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“IFRS 15”). IFRS 15

replaces IAS 11, “Construction Contracts”, and IAS 18, “Revenue”, as well as various interpretations regarding revenue. This
standard introduces a single model for recognizing revenue that applies to all contracts with customers, except for contracts that are
within the scope of standards on leases, insurance and financial instruments. This standard also requires enhanced disclosures.
Adoption of IFRS 15 is mandatory and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. The implementation of
IFRS 15 impacts the allocation of revenue that is deferred in relation to the Company’s customer loyalty award programs. Prior to
adoption, revenue was allocated to the customer loyalty awards using the residual fair value method. Under IFRS 15, consideration
is allocated between the loyalty program awards and the goods on which the awards were earned, based on their relative stand-
alone selling prices. The change in allocation of revenue that is deferred in relation to the Company’s customer loyalty program did
not have a material impact on retained earnings as at February 4, 2018. Overall, there was not a material impact on the Company’s
consolidated financial statements.

As of February 4, 2018, the Company adopted International Financial Reporting Interpretations (“IFRIC”) 22, “Foreign

Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration” (“IFRIC 22”). In December 2016, the IASB issued IFRIC 22, which addresses
how to determine the date of the transaction for the purpose of determining the exchange rate to use on initial recognition of the
related asset, expense or income (or part of it) and on the derecognition of a non-monetary asset or non-monetary liability arising
from the payment or receipt of advance consideration in a foreign currency. IFRIC 22 is effective for annual periods beginning on
or after January 1, 2018. There was no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Standards issued but not yet effective

IFRS 16, “Leases” (“IFRS 16”) replaces IAS 17, “Leases.” This standard provides a single model for leases abolishing the

current distinction between finance and operating leases, with most leases being recognized on the balance sheet. Certain
exemptions will apply for short-term leases and leases of low value assets. The new standard will be effective for annual periods
beginning on or after January 1, 2019. Early application is permitted, provided the new revenue standard, IFRS 15, has been
applied, or is applied at the same date as IFRS 16. The Company expects the adoption of IFRS 16 will have a significant impact as
the Company will recognize new assets and liabilities for its operating leases of retail stores. In addition, the nature and timing of
expenses related to those leases will change as IFRS 16 replaces the straight-line operating lease expense with a depreciation
charge for right-of-use assets and interest expense on lease liabilities. The Company has elected to apply the modified retrospective
method by setting right-of-use assets based on the lease liability at the date of initial application, adjusted by the amount of any
prepaid or accrued lease payments, and will benefit from the following practical expedients;

·

·

·

·

·

apply IFRS 16 exclusively to contracts that were previously identified as leases applying IAS 17,

apply a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics,

rely  on  its  assessment  of  whether  leases  are  onerous  applying  IAS  37  immediately  before  the  date  of  initial  application  as  an  alternative  to
performing an impairment review of the right-of-use asset,

exclude initial direct costs from the measurement of the right-of-use asset at the date of initial application, and

elect not to apply IFRS 16 to leases for which the underlying asset is of low value.

As of February 2, 2019, based on the information currently available, the Company estimates that it will recognize a right-
of-use asset of approximately $62,800 to $66,000 and a lease liability of approximately $90,000 to $94,600. The right-of-use asset
will be net of the provision for onerous leases and deferred rent and lease inducements relating to the leases recognised in the
consolidated balance sheet immediately before the date of initial application. The actual impacts of the initial application of IFRS
16 may vary from the estimates provided, as the Company has not finalized all its calculations.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

IFRIC 23, “Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments”, was issued by the IASB in June 2017. The Interpretation provides
guidance on the accounting for current and deferred tax liabilities and assets in circumstances in which there is uncertainty over
income tax treatments. The Interpretation is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. Earlier application
is permitted. The Interpretation requires an entity to:

·

·

·

Contemplate whether uncertain tax treatments should be considered separately, or together as a group, based on which approach provides better
predictions of the resolution;

Reflect  an  uncertainty  in  the  amount  of  income  tax  payable  (recoverable)  if  it  is  probable  that  it  will  pay  (or  recover)  an  amount  for  the
uncertainty; and

Measure a tax uncertainty based on the most likely amount or expected value depending on whichever method better predicts the amount payable
(recoverable).

The Company does not expect a material impact from the adoption of IFRIC 23 on its consolidated financial statements.

5. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS, ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the Company to make judgments,

apart from those involving estimation, in applying accounting policies that affect the recognition and measurement of assets,
liabilities, revenues, and expenses. Actual results may differ from the judgments made by the Company. Information about
judgments that have the most significant effect on recognition and measurement of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses are
discussed below. Information about significant estimates is discussed in the following section.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

Recoverability and impairment of non‑financial assets

Leasehold improvements and furniture and equipment are reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances

indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. A review for impairment is conducted by comparing the carrying amount
of the CGU’s assets with their respective recoverable amounts based on value in use. Value in use is determined based on
management’s best estimate of expected future cash flows, which includes estimates of growth rates, from use over the remaining
lease term and discounted using a pre‑tax weighted average cost of capital (Note 8).

Critical judgements in applying accounting policies

i.

Impairment of non‑financial assets

Management is required to make significant judgments in determining if individual commercial premises in which it carries

out its activities are individual CGUs, or if these units should be aggregated at a district or regional level to form a CGU. The
significant judgments applied by management in determining if stores should be aggregated in a given geographic area to form a
CGU include the determination of expected customer behavior, the allocation basis of e-commerce sales to CGUs, and whether
customers could interchangeably shop in any of the stores in a given area and whether management views the cash inflows of the
stores in the group as interdependent.

ii.

Income taxes

The Company may be subject to audits related to tax risks, and uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation of tax

regulations, changes in tax laws, and the amount and timing of future taxable income. Differences arising between the actual results
and the assumptions made, or future changes to such assumptions, could necessitate future adjustments to taxable income and
income tax expense already recorded. The Company establishes provisions if required, based on reasonable estimates, for possible
consequences of audits by the tax authorities. The amount of such provisions is based on various factors, such as experience of
previous tax audits and differing interpretations of tax regulations by the entity and the responsible tax authority, which may arise
on a wide variety of issues.

To determine the extent to which deferred income tax assets can be recognized, management estimates the amount of

probable future taxable profits that will be available against which deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses can be
used. Such estimates are made as part of the budget and strategic plan by tax jurisdiction. Management exercises judgment to
determine the extent to which realization of future taxable benefits is probable considering factors such as the number of years
included in the forecast period and prudent tax planning strategies. See Note 19—Income Taxes for more details.

59

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Table of Contents

6. ACCOUNTS AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Credit card cash clearing receivables
Other receivables

7. INVENTORIES

Finished goods
Goods in transit
Packaging

  February 2,     February 3,  

2019
$

2018
$

1,477     
2,204     
3,681     

1,291 
1,840 
3,131 

  February 2,     February 3,  

2019
$
28,991     
3,262     
2,100     
34,353     

2018
$
17,600 
4,608 
2,242 
24,450 

During the year ended February 2, 2019, inventories recognized as cost of sales amounted to $63,195 [February 3, 2018 —

$64,611, January 28, 2017 - $62,995]. The cost of inventory includes a write-down of $703 [February 3, 2018 – nil, January 28,
2017 - $869] recorded as a result of net realizable value being lower than cost. Inventory write-downs of nil [February 2, 2018 -
$730, January 28, 2017 – nil] recognized in the previous years were reversed.

60

 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
Table of Contents

8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Cost
Balance, January 28, 2017
Acquisitions
Disposals
Cumulative translation adjustment
Balance, February 3, 2018
Acquisitions
Disposals
Cumulative translation adjustment
Balance, February 2, 2019

Accumulated depreciation and impairment
Balance, January 28, 2017
Depreciation
Impairment
Disposals
Cumulative translation adjustment
Balance, February 3, 2018
Depreciation
Impairment
Disposals
Cumulative translation adjustment
Balance, February 2, 2019

Net Carrying Value
Balance, February 3, 2018
Balance, February 2, 2019

Leasehold
  improvements    
$

    Furniture and     Computer
hardware
$

equipment
$

75,555     
6,581     
—     
(1,503)    
80,633     
2,096     
(68)    
1,481     
84,142     

11,185     
1,808     
(187)    
(167)    
12,639     
1,125     
(32)    
178     
13,910     

3,948     
1,245     
—     
(49)    
5,144     
676     
-     
58     
5,878     

Leasehold
  improvements    
$

    Furniture and     Computer
hardware
$

equipment
$

32,342     
6,394     
13,491     
—     
(931)    
51,296     
5,117     
8,164     
—     
1,297     
65,874     

5,048     
1,357     
1,148     
(105)    
(102)    
7,346     
1,134     
1,411     
(16)    
126     
10,001     

2,138     
680     
430     
—     
(32)    
3,216     
653     
351     
—     
47     
4,267     

Total
$

90,688 
9,634 
(187)
(1,719)
98,416 
3,897 
(100)
1,717 
103,930 

Total
$

39,528 
8,431 
15,069 
(105)
(1,065)
61,858 
6,904 
9,926 
(16)
1,470 
80,142 

29,337     
18,268     

5,293     
3,909     

1,928     
1,611     

36,558 
23,788 

For the year ended February 2, 2019, an assessment of impairment indicators was performed which caused the Company to
review the recoverable amount of the property and equipment for certain CGUs with an indication of impairment. CGUs reviewed
included stores performing below the Company’s expectations. As a result, an impairment loss of $9,926 [February 3, 2018 -
$15,069, January 28, 2017 — $7,516] related to store leasehold improvements, furniture and equipment and computer hardware
was recorded in the Canada and U.S. segments for $7,686 and $2,240, respectively [February 3, 2018 - $5,114 and $9,955, January
28, 2017 —$1,116 and $6,400, respectively]. These losses were determined by comparing the carrying amount of the CGU’s net
assets with their respective recoverable amounts based on value in use. Value in use of nil [February 3, 2018 - $1,097, January 28,
2017 —$472] was determined based on management’s best estimate of expected future cash flows from use over the remaining
lease terms, considering historical experience as well as current economic conditions, and was then discounted using a pre‑tax
discount rate of 11.9% [February 3, 2018 – 11.9%, January 28, 2017 — 13.4%]. A reversal of impairment occurs when previously
impaired CGUs see improved financial results. For the year ended February 2, 2019, no of impairment losses were reversed
[February 3, 2018 - $866, January 28, 2017 — nil]. Impairment losses were reversed only to the extent that the carrying amounts of
the CGU’s net assets do not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, if no impairment
loss had been recognized.

61

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
    
    
    
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
    
    
    
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
  
   
   
  
 
 
Table of Contents

For the year ended February 2, 2019, the depreciation expense was $6,904 [February 3, 2018 - $8,431, January 28, 2017 —

$8,069 ]; with $5,825 recorded in the Canada segment [February 3, 2018 - $6,387, January 28, 2017 — $5,583], $520 recorded in
the U.S. segment [February 3, 2018 - $1,508, January 28, 2017 — $1,930], and $559 recorded in corporate selling, general and
administration expenses [February 3, 2018 - $536, January 28, 2017 — $556]. Depreciation expense and net impairment losses are
reported in the consolidated statement of loss and comprehensive loss under selling, general and administration expenses (Note 18).

9. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Cost
Balance, January 28, 2017
Acquisitions
Cumulative translation adjustment
Balance, February 3, 2018
Acquisitions
Disposal
Cumulative translation adjustment
Balance, February 2, 2019

Accumulated amortization
Balance, January 28, 2017
Amortization
Cumulative translation adjustment
Balance, February 3, 2018
Amortization
Impairment
Disposal
Cumulative translation adjustment
Balance, February 2, 2019

Net Carrying Value
Balance, February 3, 2018
Balance, February 2, 2019

  Computer
software
$

Other
$

Total
$

6,321     
2,962     
(4)    
9,279     
4,356     
(1,724)    
4     
11,915     

3,565     
1,456     
(2)    
5,019     
1,281     
34     
-     
2     
6,336     

4,260     
5,579     

279     
-     
(10)    
269     
0     
(178)    
10     
101     

77     
18     
(5)    
90     
17     
-     
(111)    
6     
2     

179     
98     

6,600 
2,962 
(14)
9,548 
4,356 
(1,902)
14 
12,016 

3,642 
1,474 
(7)
5,109 
1,298 
34 
(111)
8 
6,338 

4,439 
5,678 

Amortization expense is reported in the consolidated statement of loss under selling, general and administration expenses

(Note 18).

Included in disposal is a write-off of $1,724 [February 2, 2018 – nil] related to costs incurred with respect to an ERP

upgrade which the Company no longer intends to continue.

62

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
    
    
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
  
 
 
 
Table of Contents

10. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Trade payable and accrued liabilities
Income taxes payable
Government remittances
Wages, salaries and employee benefits payable

11. DEFERRED REVENUE

Gift cards liability
Loyalty program liability

  February 2,     February 3,  

2019
$
14,990     
2,700     
-     
3,261     
20,951     

2018
$
11,221 
— 
186 
2,985 
14,392 

  February 2,  February 3,  

2019
$

2018
$

4,992   
1,249   
6,241   

3,982 
1,204 
5,186 

During the year, the Company recorded gift card breakage income of $242 [February 3, 2018 - $575, January 28, 2017 -

$850]. Gift card breakage is included in sales in the consolidated statement of loss.

12. PROVISIONS

Opening balance
Additions
Reversals
Utilization
Settlements
Accretion expense
Cumulative translation adjustment
Ending balance
Less: Current portion
Long-term portion of provisions

63

  February 2,     February 3,  

2019
$
18,153     
11,078     
(4,796)    
(5,730)    
(691)    
251     
889     
19,154     
(3,714)    
15,440     

2018
$

8,494 
14,073 
(3,752)
(2,467)
(132)
2,292 
(355)
18,153 
(4,693)
13,460 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
Table of Contents

Provisions for onerous contracts have been recognized in respect of store leases where the unavoidable costs of meeting the
obligations under the lease agreements exceed the economic benefits expected to be received from the contract. The unavoidable
costs reflect the present value of the lower of the expected cost of terminating the contract and the expected net cost of operating
under  the  contract.  For  the  year  ended  February  2,  2019,  additions  to  the  onerous  provisions  were  recorded  in  the  amount  of
$11,078 [February 3, 2018 - $14,073], while the provisions for other stores were fully or partially reversed in the amount of $4,796
[February 3, 2018 - $3,752].

13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Lease Commitments

The commercial premises at which the Company carries out its retail operations, its head office and its primary warehouse
location are leased from third parties. These rental contracts are classified as operating leases since there is no transfer of risks and
rewards inherent to ownership.

These leases have varying terms and renewal rights. In many cases, the amounts payable to the lessor include a fixed rental
payment as well as a percentage of sales obtained by the Company in the leased premises. Many leases include escalating rental
payments, whereby cash outflows increase over the lease term. Free rental periods are also sometimes included.

The  minimum  rentals  payable  under  long‑term  operating  leases  are  exclusive  of  certain  operating  costs  for  which  the
Company is responsible. For the year ended February 2, 2019, the Company has recognized in the consolidated statement of loss
contingent rent amounting to $1,030 [February 3, 2018 - $1,742, January 28, 2017 — $2,312] and accrued for a contingent rent
liability of $477 [February 3, 2018 - $725, January 28, 2017 —$1,001].

Included in the cost of sales and selling, general and administration expenses for the year ended February 2, 2019 is rent

expense of $31,520 [February 3, 2018 - $31,565, January 28, 2017 — $29,173].

The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments under operating leases:

Within one year
After one year but not more than five years
More than five years

 14. REVOLVING FACILITY

  February 2,     February 3,  

2019
$
21,089     
66,790     
28,893     
116,772     

2018
$
19,840 
86,844 
28,281 
134,965 

On June 11, 2018, the Company amended its existing Credit Agreement (the “Amended Credit Agreement”). The
Amended Credit Agreement provides for a two-year revolving facility (“Amended Revolving Facility”) in the principal amount of
$15.0 million or the equivalent in U.S. dollars, repayable at any time, two years from June 11, 2018, with no accordion feature.
Borrowings under the Amended Revolving Facility may not exceed the lesser of the total commitment for the revolving facility and
the borrowing base, calculated as 75% of the face value of all eligible receivables plus 50% of the estimated value of all eligible
inventory, less any priority payables.

The Amended Credit Agreement subjects the Company to certain financial covenants. Without the prior written consent of

the lender, the Company’s fixed charge coverage ratio may not be less than 1.10:1.00 and the Company’s leverage ratio may not
exceed 3.00:1:00. In addition, the Company’s net tangible worth may not be less than $65,000 and the Company’s minimum excess
availability must not be less than $15.0 million. The Amended Revolving Facility bears interest based on the Company’s adjusted
leverage ratio, at the bank’s prime rate, U.S. bank rate and LIBOR plus a range from 0.5% to 2.5% per annum. A standby fee range
of 0.3% to 0.5% will be paid on the daily principal amount of the unused portion of the Amended Revolving Facility.

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The credit facility also contains non-financial covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict
the Company’s ability to become guarantor or endorser or otherwise become liable upon any note or other obligation other than in
the normal course of business. The Company also cannot make any dividend payments.

As at February 2, 2019, the Company did not have any borrowings under the Amended Revolving Facility.

As at February 2, 2019, the Company is in breach of its fixed charge coverage ratio and certain non-financial covenants.

BMO has temporarily agreed to forbear from exercising remedies under the Credit Agreement, however the Company cannot
borrow under the facility. The Company is in good-faith discussions with BMO to install an asset based lending facility that will
provide a revolving facility at commercial reasonable terms.

15. SHARE CAPITAL

Authorized

An unlimited number of common shares.

Issued and Outstanding

Share Capital - Common shares

Number of shares in issuance
Balance, January 28, 2017
Issuance of common shares upon exercise of options
Issuance of common shares upon vesting of restricted stock units
Balance, February 3, 2018
Issuance of common shares upon exercise of options
Issuance of common shares upon vesting of restricted stock units
Balance, February 2, 2019

  February 2,     February 3,  

2019
$
112,519     

2018
$
111,692 

  Common  
shares
#

    25,330,951 
456,773 
97,648 
    25,885,372 
51,717 
74,728 
    26,011,817 

During the year ended February 2, 2019, 51,720 stock options were exercised for common shares, for cash proceeds of $82

and 36,415 common shares for a non-cash settlement of $121 [February 3, 2018 – 456,773 stock options for cash proceeds of
$1,782, January 28, 2017 — 1,236,154 stock options for cash proceeds of $2,779]. The carrying value of common shares during the
year ended February 2, 2019 includes $82 [February 3, 2018 - $887] which corresponds to a reduction in the contributed surplus
associated to options exercised during the period.

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
Table of Contents

In addition, during the year ended February 2, 2019, 74,728 common shares [February 3, 2018 – 97,648, January 28, 2017
—57,325] were issued in relation to the vesting of restricted stock units (“RSU”), resulting in an increase in share capital of $663,
net of tax [February 2, 2018 - $1,142].

Stock‑Based Compensation

The 2015 Omnibus Plan provides for awards of stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock,

unrestricted stock, stock units (including restricted stock units, “RSUs”), performance awards, deferred share units, elective
deferred share units and other awards convertible into or otherwise based on the Company’s common shares. Eligibility for stock
options intended to be incentive stock options (“ISOs”) is limited to the Company’s employees. Dividend equivalents may also be
provided in connection with an award under the 2015 Omnibus Plan. The maximum term of stock options and SARs is seven years.
The options vest evenly over a period of 36 or 48 months, with some options vesting monthly and some options vesting annually.
There are no cash settlement alternatives.

The maximum number of the Company’s common shares that are available for issuance under the 2015 Omnibus Plan is

1,440,000 shares. Common shares issued under the 2015 Omnibus Plan may be shares held in treasury or authorized but unissued
shares of the Company not reserved for any other purpose. As at February 2, 2019, 867,882 common shares remain available for
issuance under the 2015 Omnibus Plan.

No options were granted for the year ended February 2, 2019. The weighted average fair value of options granted of $2.39

for the year ended February 3, 2018 was estimated using the Black Scholes option pricing model, using the following assumptions;
risk-free interest rate of 1.79%, expected volatility of 27.4%, expected option life of 4.0 years, expected dividend yield of nil%, and
exercise price of $9.76. Expected volatility was estimated using historical volatility of similar companies whose share prices were
publicly available.

A summary of the status of the Company’s stock option plan and changes during the year is presented below.

For the year ended

Outstanding, beginning of year
Issued
Exercised
Forfeitures
Outstanding, end of year
Exercisable, end of year

February 2,
2019
    Weighted    
average
exercise
price
$

February 3,
2018
    Weighted  
average
exercise
price
$

  Options
  outstanding    
#
447,779     
-     
(88,135)    
(222,104)    
137,540     
80,332     

    Options
    outstanding    
#
933,195     
161,980     
(456,773)    
(190,623)    
447,779     
304,415     

7.18     
-     
2.76     
8.95     
7.17     
4.74     

5.63 
9.76 
3.9 
9.63 
7.18 
5.57 

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for options exercised during the year ended February 2, 2019 was

$4.47 [February 3, 2018 — $8.51].

Table of Contents

66

The following table summarizes information about the stock options outstanding at February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018:

Number
outstanding at
February 2,
2019
#

31,100 
35,000 
53,225 
18,215 
137,540 

Weighted
average
contractual
remaining
life 
(years)

1.1 
2.6 
5.1 
4.2 
3.4 

Weighted
average
exercise
price
$

0.77 
4.29 
10.28 
14.51 
7.17 

Number of
options
exercisable at
February 2,
2019
#

31,100 
35,000 
- 
14,232 
80,332 

Weighted
average
exercise
price
$

0.77 
4.29 
- 
14.54 
4.74 

Range of exercise prices
$0.77
$3.33 - $4.31
$8.76 - $10.28
$14.39 - $17.99
As at February 2, 2019

Number
outstanding at
February 3,
2018

Weighted
average
contractual
remaining
life 

Weighted
average
exercise
price

Number of
options
exercisable at
February 3,
2018

Weighted
average
exercise
price

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Range of exercise prices
$0.77
$3.33 - $4.31
$8.76 - $10.28
$14.39 - $17.99
As at February 3, 2018

#

(years)

$

#

$

50,600 
172,396 
161,980 
62,803 
447,779 

2.3 
3.7 
6.4 
4.3 
4.6 

67

0.77 
3.91 
9.76 
14.68 
7.18 

50,600 
161,395 
55,530 
36,890 
304,415 

0.77 
3.89 
8.76 
14.72 
5.57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
Table of Contents

A summary of the status of the Company’s RSU plan and changes during the year ended February 2, 2019 and February 3,

2018 is presented below.

Outstanding, beginning of year
Granted
Forfeitures
Vested
Vested, withheld for tax
Outstanding, end of year

For the year ended

February 2,
2019
    Weighted
average
fair value
  outstanding     per unit (1)

RSUs

February 3,
2018
    Weighted
average
fair value
    outstanding     per unit (1)

RSUs

#
289,416     
491,450     
(360,371)    
(74,728)    
(74,791)    
270,976     

$

9.7     
4.47     
6.31     
8.85     
8.6     
5.26     

#
252,233     
298,897     
(89,035)    
(97,648)    
(75,031)    
289,416     

$

12.42 
8.59 
10.03 
11.85 
11.28 
9.7 

(1) Weighted average fair value per unit as at date of grant.

During the year ended February 2, 2019, the Company recognized a stock-based compensation expense of $211 [February

3, 2018 - $2,021, January 28, 2017 — $2,264].

16. FINANCE COSTS

  February 2,     February 3,     January 28,  
2018
$

2019
$

2017
$

Financing fees on term loan and Revolving Facility [note 14]
Accretion on provisions
Interest and penalty on provision for uncertain tax position
Other finance costs

2     
251     
1,300     
61     
1,614     

79     
2,292     
-     
-     
2,371     

75 
- 
- 
1 
76 

68

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
Table of Contents

17. INCOME TAXES

A reconciliation of the statutory income tax rate to the effective tax rate is as follows:

Income tax recovery — statutory rate
Increase (decrease) in provision for
income tax (recovery) resulting from:

Non-deductible items

Effect of substantively enacted income tax

rate changes
Unrecognized deferred income tax assets
Write-down of deferred income tax assets
Provision for uncertain tax position
Other

Income tax provision (recovery) —

effective tax rate

February 2,
2019

For the year ended
February 3,
2018

January 28,
2017

%

$

%

$

%

$

26.9     

(7,700)    

26.8     

(7,097)    

26.5     

(1,564)

(1.3)    

378     

(1.6)    

437     

(10.1)    

—     
(15.0)    
(18.2)    
(9.4)    
0.0     

(17.0)    

—     
4,306     
5,194     
2,700     
4     

4,882     

(7.9)    
(16.7)    
(7.8)    

(0.4)    

(7.6)    

2,090     
4,415     
2,054     

111     

2,010     

—     
—     
—     

21.5     

37.9     

598 

— 
— 
— 

(1,269)

(2,235)

A breakdown of the income tax provision (recovery) on the consolidated statement of loss is as follows:

For the year ended
  February 2,     February 3,     January 28,  
2018
$

2019
$

2017
$

Income tax provision (recovery)
Current
Deferred

(187)    
5,069     
4,882     

(1,575)    
3,585     
2,010     

2,145 
(4,380)
(2,235)

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“U.S. Tax Reform”) was signed into law, which reduced the U.S.
federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, effective January 1, 2018. As a result of the U.S. Tax Reform, The Company’s
net deferred taxes reported on the balance sheet were required to be re-measured using the newly enacted rates. The effect of this
re-evaluation resulted in a decrease in the net deferred tax assets in the amount of $4,892 during the year ended February 3, 2018.

The U.S. Tax Reform introduces other important changes in the U.S. corporate income tax laws that may significantly affect

the Company in future years, including the creation of a new Base Erosion Anti-Abuse Tax that subjects certain payments from
U.S. corporations to foreign related parties to additional taxes, and limitations to certain deductions for net interest expense
incurred by U.S. corporations. The U.S. Tax Reform also includes an increase in bonus depreciation from 50% to 100% for
qualified property placed in service after September 27, 2017 and before 2023. Future regulations and interpretations to be issued
by U.S. authorities may also impact the Company’s estimates and assumptions used in calculating its income tax provisions.

We are currently undergoing transfer pricing audit by the Canada Revenue Agency. While the Company believes that its

filing positions are appropriate and supportable, periodically, certain matters may be challenged by tax authorities. We believe that
our transfer pricing practices reflect the accurate economic allocation of profit and risk and that proper contemporaneous transfer
pricing documentation is in place. Preliminary findings from the transfer pricing audit indicates a difference in the interpretation of
the economics of the arrangement. Although the outcome of such matters is not predictable with assurance, we have nonetheless
recorded a provision of $4.0 million comprised of $2.7 million and $1.3 milllion for taxes and interest, respectively. While the
Company believes its tax provisions are adequate, the final determination of tax audits and any related disputes could be materially
different from historical income tax provisions and accruals. The Company intends to vigorously defend its practices and believes it
has sufficient arguments to mitigate the unfavorable outcome.

69

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
      
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
    
    
  
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The tax effects of temporary differences and net operating losses that give rise to deferred income tax assets and liabilities

are as follows:

Deferred income tax assets
Operating losses carried forward
Tax values of property and equipment in excess of carrying value including impairment
Deferred rent
Stock options
Financing fees and IPO-related costs
Lease inducements
Provisions for onerous contracts
Other
Total deferred income tax assets
Deferred income tax liabilities
Unrealized foreign exchange gain on derivative financial instruments
Unrealized foreign exchange gain related to intercompany advances
Deferred income tax liabilities
Net
Unrecognized deferred income tax asset
Net deferred income tax assets (liabilities)

  February 2,     February 3,  

2019
$

2018
$

4,608     
3,505     
1,762     
3,843     
588     
634     
5,357     
665     
20,962     

-     
(212)    
(212)    
20,750     
(20,750)    
-     

1,259 
1,553 
1,662 
3,401 
1,197 
515 
4,812 
635 
15,034 

62 
(113)
(51)
14,983 
(9,789)
5,194 

As at February 2, 2019, the Company’s Canadian operations have accumulated losses amounting to $11.9 million [February
3, 2018 — nil; January 28, 2017 — nil], which expire during the year 2039. As at February 2, 2019, the Company’s U.S. subsidiary
has accumulated losses amounting to US$14.0 million [February 3, 2018 — US$14.2 million; January 28, 2017 — US$14.9
million], which expire during the years 2033 to 2039.

Based upon the projections for future taxable income and prudent tax planning strategies, management believes it is no

longer probable the Company will realize the benefits of these operating tax losses carried forward and other deductible temporary
differences. Therefore, a full valuation allowance of $20,750 was recorded against the net deferred income tax asset.

70

 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
    
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The changes in the net deferred income tax asset were as follows for the fiscal years:

Balance net, beginning of year
Deferred rent
Canadian and  U.S. operating losses carried forward
Property and equipment, including store impairment
Stock options
Financing fees and IPO-related costs
Foreign exchange gain on derivative financial instrument
Unrealized foreign exchange gain on intercompany advances
Lease inducement
Unrecognized deferred income tax asset
Provisions  for onerous contracts
Other
Deferred income tax assets net, end of year

18. SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATION EXPENSES

Included in selling, general and administration expenses are the following expenses:

  February 2,     February 3,  

2019
$

5,194     
101     
3,349     
1,952     
442     
(609)    
(62)    
(99)    
120     
(10,961)    
544     
29     
-     

2018
$
14,375 
(222)
(1,180)
3,387 
(2,245)
(604)
183 
196 
(149)
(9,789)
1,447 
(205)
5,194 

Wages, salaries and employee benefits
Depreciation of property and equipment
Amortization of intangible assets
Loss on disposal of property and equipment
Impairment of property and equipment
Net Provision for onerous contracts (a)
Stock-based compensation
Executive and employee separation costs related to salary
Strategic review and proxy contest costs
ERP project termination
Other selling, general and administration

(a) Net provision for onerous contract includes additions, reversals and utilization.

71

For the year ended
  February 2,     February 3,     January 28,  
2018
$
65,888     
8,431     
1,474     
82     
15,069     
7,854     
2,021     
2,033     
-     
-     
29,078     
131,930     

2019
$
68,324     
6,904     
1,298     
151     
9,960     
552     
211     
1,280     
3,593     
2,496     
30,953     
125,722     

2017
$
61,143 
8,069 
758 
356 
7,516 
8,140 
2,264 
835 
- 
- 
25,675 
114,756 

  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
Table of Contents

19. EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following reflects the loss and share data used in the basic and diluted EPS computations:

Net loss for basic EPS

  February 2,     February 3,     January 28,  
2018
$
(28,501)    

2019
$
(33,539)    

2017
$
(3,688)

Weighted average number of shares outstanding — basic and diluted

    25,967,836      25,716,186      24,699,290 

For the years ended February 2, 2019, February 3, 2018, and January 28, 2017, as a result of the net loss during the year, the

stock options and RSUs disclosed in Note 15 are anti‑dilutive.

20. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES

Transactions with related parties are measured at the exchange amount, being the consideration established and agreed to by

the related parties.

During  the  year  ended  February  2,  2019,  the  Company  purchased  merchandise  from  a  company  controlled  by  one  of  its
executive employees amounting to $241 [February 3, 2018 — $87; January 28, 2017 — nil]. Subsequent to year end, the Company
extended its relationship by entering into an agreement for the purchase and sale of administrative and infrastructure services.

In  February  2019,  the  Company  entered  into  an  arrangement  with  a  related  party  of  the  controlling  shareholder  for  the

development of reporting and consulting services.

During the year ended February 2, 2019, the Company reimbursed Rainy Day Investments Ltd. (“Rainy Day Investments”),
a  controlling  shareholder  $957  for  third-party  costs  incurred  by  it  in  connection  with  the  proxy  contest  which  culminated  at  the
Company’s annual meeting held on June 14, 2018. This reimbursement was approved by the independent members of the Board of
Directors of the Company. This amount is included in selling, general and administration expenses.

Transactions with Key Management Personnel

Key management of the Company includes members of the Board as well as members of the Executive Committee. The

compensation earned by key management in aggregate was as follows:

  February 2,     February 3,     January 28,  
2018
$

2019
$

2017
$

Wages, salaries ,bonus and director fees
Termination benefits
Stock-based compensation
Total compensation earned by key management personnel

2,706     
1,025     
101     
3,832     

4,071     
1,485     
1,809     
7,365     

3,434 
719 
1,377 
5,530 

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
    
    
  
   
   
   
   
  
 
Table of Contents

21. SEGMENT INFORMATION

An operating segment is a component of the Company that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues
and incur expenses. The Company has reviewed its operations and determined that each of its retail stores represents an operating
segment.  However,  because  its  retail  stores  have  similar  economic  characteristics,  sell  similar  products,  have  similar  types  of
customers, and use similar distribution channels, the Company has determined that these operating segments can be aggregated at a
geographic level. As a result, the Company has concluded that it has two reportable segments, Canada and the U.S., that derive
their  revenues  from  the  retail  and  online  sale  of  tea,  tea  accessories,  and  food  and  beverages.  The  Company’s  Chief  Executive
Officer  (the  chief  operating  decision  maker  or  “CODM”)  makes  decisions  about  resources  to  be  allocated  to  the  segments  and
assesses performance, and for which discrete financial information is available.

The Company derives revenue from the following products:

Tea
Tea accessories
Food and beverages

73

  February 2,     February 3,     January 28,  
2018
$
156,125     
49,470     
18,420     
224,015     

2019
$
152,761     
44,436     
15,556     
212,753     

2017
$
143,280 
53,807 
18,897 
215,984 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
Table of Contents

Property and equipment and intangible assets by country are as follows:

Canada
US
Total

  February 2,     February 3,     January 28,  
2018
$
37,234     
3,763     
40,997     

2019
$
27,996     
1,470     
29,466     

2017
$
41,432 
12,686 
54,118 

Results from operating activities before corporate expenses per country are as follows:

Sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Selling, general and administration expenses (allocated)
Impairment of property and equipment
Onerous contracts provision (recovery)
Results from operating activities before corporate expenses
Selling, general and administration expenses (non-allocated)
Results from operating activities
Finance costs
Finance income
Loss before income taxes

74

For the year ended
February 2, 2019
US
$
43,323     
25,170     
18,153     
18,175     
2,240     
(1,482)    
(780)    

  Canada    
$
169,430     
89,604     
79,826     
57,902     
7,719     
2,034     
12,171     

    Consolidated 
$
212,753 
114,774 
97,979 
76,077 
9,960 
552 
11,391 
39,134 
(27,743)
1,614 
(700)
(28,657)

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
   
      
      
   
      
      
   
      
      
   
      
      
 
 
Table of Contents

Sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Selling, general and administration expenses (allocated)
Impairment of property and equipment
Provision for onerous contracts
Results from operating activities before corporate expenses
Selling, general and administration expenses (non-allocated)
Results from operating activities
Finance costs
Finance income
Loss before income taxes

Sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Selling, general and administration expenses (allocated)
Impairment of property and equipment
Provision for onerous contracts
Results from operating activities before corporate expenses
Selling, general and administration expenses (non-allocated)
Results from operating activities
Finance costs
Finance income
Loss before income taxes

75

For the year ended
February 3, 2018
US
$
38,728     
23,389     
15,339     
18,302     
9,955     
6,102     
(19,020)    

  Canada    
$
185,287     
93,383     
91,904     
54,884     
5,114     
1,752     
30,154     

    Consolidated 
$
224,015 
116,772 
107,243 
73,186 
15,069 
7,854 
11,134 
35,821 
(24,687)
2,371 
(567)
(26,491)

For the year ended
January 28, 2017
US
$
35,604     
21,061     
14,543     
16,584     
6,400     
7,713     
(16,154)    

  Canada    
$
180,380     
86,473     
93,907     
49,466     
1,116     
427     
42,898     

    Consolidated 
$
215,984 
107,534 
108,450 
66,050 
7,516 
8,140 
26,744 
33,050 
(6,306)
76 
(479)
(5,903)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
   
      
      
   
      
      
   
      
      
   
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
   
      
      
   
      
      
   
      
      
   
      
      
 
 
Table of Contents

22. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The Company’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks, including risks related to foreign exchange, interest rate,

credit, and liquidity.

Currency Risk — Foreign Exchange Risk

Currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in

foreign exchange rates. Given that some of its purchases are denominated in U.S. dollars, the Company is exposed to foreign
exchange risk. The Company’s foreign exchange risk is largely limited to currency fluctuations between the Canadian and U.S.
dollars. The Company is exposed to currency risk through its cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable denominated in U.S.
dollars.

Assuming that all other variables remain constant, a revaluation of these monetary assets and liabilities due to a 5% rise or
fall in the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar would have resulted in an increase or decrease to net loss in the amount of $123.

The Company’s foreign exchange exposure is as follows:

Cash
Accounts receivable
Accounts payable

  February 2,     February 3,  

2019
US$

2018
US$

267     
1,142     
3,869     

5,686 
882 
2,555 

The Company’s U.S. subsidiary’s transactions are denominated in U.S. dollars.

In order to protect itself from the risk of losses should the value of the Canadian dollar decline in relation to the U.S. dollar,

the Company entered into forward contracts to fix the exchange rate of 80% to 90% of its expected U.S. dollar inventory
purchasing requirements, through September 2018. A forward foreign exchange contract is a contractual agreement to buy a
specific currency at a specific price and date in the future. The Company designated the forward contracts as cash flow hedging
instruments under IFRS 9. This has resulted in mark-to-market foreign exchange adjustments, for qualifying hedged instruments,
being recorded as a component of other comprehensive loss for the years ended Februay 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018. As at
February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018, the designated portion of these hedges was considered effective.

The Company had no foreign exchange contracts outstanding as at February 2, 2019.

The nominal and contract values of foreign exchange contracts outstanding as at February 3, 2018 are as follows:

Purchase contracts

U.S. dollar

Range of
Contractual
exchange rate

  Nominal

    Nominal

value
US$

value
C$

1.2221 - 1.3050

24,100     

30,033   

Term

February 2018 to
September 2018

  Unrealized  
  gain/(loss)  
C$

(229)

Market Risk — Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes

in market interest rates. Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to cash flow interest rate risk include financial
assets and liabilities with variable interest rates and consist of cash. The Company is exposed to cash flow risk on its Revolving
Facility which bears interest at variable interest rates (see Note 14). As at February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018, the Company did
not have any borrowings on the Revolving Facility.

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
    
    
  
  
 
   
   
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations associated with financial
liabilities. The Company’s approach to managing liquidity risk is to ensure, to the extent possible, that it will always have sufficient
liquidity to meet liabilities when due. The Company’s liquidity follows a seasonal pattern based on the timing of inventory
purchases and capital expenditures. The Company is exposed to this risk mainly in respect of its trade and other payables.

As at February 2, 2019, the Company had $42.1 million in cash. In addition, the Company has a Revolving Facility of

$15,000, the full amount of which remained un-drawn as at February 2, 2019. Access to this Facility is further described in Note
14.

The Company expects to finance its working capital needs, store renovations, and investments in infrastructure through cash
flows from operations and cash on hand. The Company expects that its trade and other payables will be discharged within 90 days.

The following table summarizes the obligations as of February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018, and the effect such

obligations are expected to have on liquidity and cash flows in future periods.

February 2, 2019
Payments due by period
less than     Between     More than  

Trade and other payables
Operating lease obligations
Purchase obligations

18,251     
116,772     
9,146     
144,169     

Total

1 year

Trade and other payables
Operating lease obligations
Purchase obligations

Credit Risk

14,392     
134,965     
8,820     
158,177     

Total

1 year

The Company is exposed to credit risk resulting from the possibility that counterparties may default on their financial
obligations to the Company. The Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is equal to the carrying value of
accounts receivable and derivative financial instruments. Accounts receivable primarily consists of receivables from retail
customers who pay by credit card, recoveries of credits from suppliers for returned or damaged products, and receivables from
other companies for sales of products, gift cards and other services. Credit card payments have minimal credit risk and the limited
number of corporate receivables is closely monitored. As a result, expected credit loss on these financial assets is not significant.

Fair Values

Financial assets and financial liabilities are measured on an ongoing basis at fair value or amortized cost. The disclosures in

the “Financial instruments” section of Note 3 describe how the categories of financial instruments are measured and how income
and expenses, including fair value gains and losses, are recognized. The fair values of derivative financial instruments have been
determined by reference to forward exchange rates at the end of the reporting period and classified in Level 2 of the fair value
hierarchy. There were no outstanding derivative financial instruments at February 2, 2019.

77

    1 and 5 years   
-     
66,790     
-     
66,790     

18,251     
21,089     
9,146     
48,486     

5 years

- 
28,893 
- 
28,893 

February 3, 2018
Payments due by period
less than     Between     More than  

    1 and 5 years   
—     
86,844     
—     
86,844     

14,392     
19,840     
8,820     
43,052     

5 years

— 
28,281 
— 
28,281 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The classification of financial instruments at February 3, 2018, as well as their carrying values and fair values, are shown in

the tables below:

Financial assets
Derivative financial instruments — foreign forward exchange contracts
Financial liabilities
Derivative financial instruments — foreign forward exchange contracts

  Carrying    
value
$

Fair
value
$

239     

468     

239 

468 

The Company has determined the estimated fair values of its financial instruments based on appropriate valuation
methodologies; however, considerable judgment is required to develop these estimates. Accordingly, the estimated fair values are
not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize or would pay in a current market exchange. The estimated fair
value amounts can be materially affected by the use of different assumptions or methodologies. The methods and assumptions used
to estimate the fair value of financial instruments are described below:

·

The estimated fair value of forward contracts is determined using forward exchange rates at the end of the reporting period [Level 2].

The Company categorizes its financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value into one of three different levels

depending on the observability of the inputs used in the measurement.

Level 1: This level includes assets and liabilities measured at fair value based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical
assets and liabilities in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date.

Level 2: This level includes valuations determined using directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)
observable inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1. Derivative instruments in this category are valued using
models or other standard valuation techniques derived from observable market inputs.

Level 3: This level includes valuations based on inputs which are less observable, unavailable or where the observable data
does not support a significant portion of the instruments’ fair value.

23. MANAGEMENT OF CAPITAL

The Company’s capital is composed of shareholders’ equity as follows:

Cash
Shareholder s equity [excluding accumulated other comprehensive income]
Total capital under management

78

  February 2,     February 3,  

2019
$
42,074     
65,959     
108,033     

2018
$
63,484 
99,613 
163,097 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
    
  
   
   
      
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
Table of Contents

The Company’s objectives in managing capital are to ensure sufficient liquidity to pursue its organic growth, to establish a

strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to provide an adequate return to shareholders.

The Company’s primary uses of capital are to finance increases in non‑cash working capital and capital expenditures for its

store renovation program as well as information technology and infrastructure.

The Board does not establish quantitative return on capital criteria for management, but rather promotes year-over-year

sustainable profitable growth. The Company is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements.

As of February 2, 2019, the Company was in default under certain covenants contained in our Credit Agreement, including
our failure to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.10:1.00 and certain reporting requirements. BMO has temporarily agreed
to forbear from exercising remedies under the Credit Agreement, however the Company cannot borrow under the Credit
Agreement. During the year ended February 3, 2018 the Company also considered its access to the Revolving Facility as a source
for funding its cash requirements, although it had not drawn on the Revolving facility at February 3, 2018.

24. GUARANTEES

Some agreements to which the Company is party, specifically those related to debt agreements and the leasing of its
premises, include indemnification provisions that may require the Company to make payments to a third party for breach of
fundamental representation and warranty terms in the agreements, with respect to matters such as corporate status, title of assets,
environmental issues, consents to transfer, employment matters, litigation, taxes payable and other potential material obligations.
The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under these indemnification
provisions is not reasonably quantifiable as certain indemnifications are not subject to a monetary limitation. As at February 3,
2018, management does not believe that these indemnification provisions would require any material cash payment by the
Company, and insurance coverage, estimated by management to be reasonable and sufficient, exists in order to minimize the
previously mentioned risks.

The Company indemnifies its directors and officers against claims reasonably incurred and resulting from the performance

of their services to the Company, and maintains liability insurance for its directors and officers as well as those of its subsidiary.

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our principal executive and principal financial
officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in Rule
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), as of the end of the period covered by
this report, or the Evaluation Date. Based upon the evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer
concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the Evaluation Date. Disclosure controls and procedures
are controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in our reports filed under the
Exchange Act, such as this report, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s
rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that
such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and principal financial
officers as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial
reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act as a process,
designed by, or under the supervision of the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the
Company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS. Internal control over
financial reporting includes maintaining records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and
disposition of assets; providing reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary for preparation of our financial
statements; providing reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures are made only in accordance with management and board
authorizations; and providing reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements, and
even when determined to be effective, can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and
presentation.

Management, with the participation of the Company’s principal executive and financial officers, assessed our internal

control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2019, the end of our fiscal year. Management based its assessment on the 2013
framework established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment included evaluation of elements such as the design and operating effectiveness
of key financial reporting controls, process documentation, accounting policies, and our overall control environment. Based on this
assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of the end February 2,
2019.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange

Act) during the year ended February 2, 2019 that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal
control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Not applicable.

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

PART III.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The following is a list of the names and ages of our directors and officers as of April 17, 2019, and a brief summary of the
business experience of each of them. Unless otherwise stated, the business address for our directors and officers is c/o DAVIDsTEA
Inc., 5430 Ferrier Street, Mount‑Royal, Québec, Canada H4P 1M2.

Name
Herschel Segal
Frank Zitella, CPA, CMA, CA
Sarah Segal
Pat De Marco, CPA, CA
Susan L. Burkman
Anne Darche
Emilia Di Raddo, CPA, CA
Max Ludwig Fischer, Ph.D
Peter Robinson

Age
88
54
34
58
65
63
61
68
66

  Position

Interim Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board and Director
  Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Corporate Secretary
  Chief Brand Officer
  Lead Director
  Director
  Director
  Director
  Director
  Director

Herschel Segal, Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board. Mr. Segal, 88, was appointed Chairman of
the Board of Directors and Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Company on June 14, 2018. Since January 1969, Herschel Segal
has  been  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Rainy  Day  Investments  Ltd.,  an  investment  company.  In  1959,  Mr.  Segal
founded Le Château Inc., a clothing retailer listed on the TSX Venture Exchange, and served as its Chief Executive Officer until
September 2006. Mr. Segal served as Executive Chairman of Le Château Inc. until February 2007 and remains a director. Mr. Segal
holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from McGill University, Montreal, Québec. Mr. Segal is a founder of DAVIDsTEA and a resident
of Québec, Canada.

Frank Zitella, CPA, CMA, CA, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Secretary. Mr. Zitella, 54, joined the
Company  on  December  10,  2018  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  Corporate  Secretary  and  on  April  26,  2019  assumed
responsiblitieas  as  the  Company’s  Chief  Operating  Officer.  Mr.  Zitella  has  close  to  30  years  of  finance,  strategic  planning  and
corporate tax planning experience and served for over eleven years as the Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of DST Health
Solutions, LLC, a subsidiary of SS&C Technologies Holdings, Inc. (Nasdaq: SSNC), and for over eight years as the Chief Financial
Officer of International Financial Data Services, a joint venture between State Street Bank and SS&C Technologies Holdings, Inc.
Mr. Zitella received his Bachelor of Commerce degree from Concordia University, Montreal, Québec and his Graduate Diploma in
Public Accountancy from McGill University, Montreal, Québec. Mr. Zitella is a resident of Québec, Canada.

Sarah  Segal,  Chief  Brand  Officer.  Ms.  Segal,  34,  served  as  the  President  and  Head  of  Product  Development  and  Tea
Department for DAVIDsTEA from December 2010 to September 2012. Since May 2013, Ms. Segal has served as the CEO of the
retail  company  SQUISH  Candies,  based  in  Montreal,  Québec.  In  2017,  Ms.  Segal  was  appointed  VP,  Product  Development  &
Innovation at DAVIDsTEA. Most recently, Ms. Segal was appointed Chief Brand Officer. Ms. Segal received a Bachelor of Arts
degree  in  Environmental  Health  from  McGill  University,  Montreal,  Québec,  and  an  M.Sc.  degree  in  Water  Science,  Policy  and
Management from Oxford University, Oxford, England. Ms. Segal is a resident of Québec, Canada.

Pat De Marco, CPA, CA, Lead Director (June 14, 2018 to present). Mr. De Marco, 58, has served as President and Chief
Operating Officer of Viau Food Products Inc. of Laval, Québec, a large Canadian processor of beef and pork products, since 2008.
Prior thereto, Mr. De Marco held senior executive positions at Moores Retail Group Inc., Canada’s leading menswear retailer, from
1995  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  from  2002  as  President.  Prior  to  that,  Mr.  De  Marco  was  a  partner  at  Ernst  &  Young  LLP,
where for 13 years he audited and consulted for companies in the manufacturing, real estate and consumer goods sectors. Mr. De
Marco  is  a  CPA,  and  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Commerce  degree  from  Concordia  University,  Montreal,  Québec.  Mr.  De  Marco  is  a
resident of Québec, Canada.

Susan  L.  Burkman,  Director  (August  23,  2018  to  present).  Ms.  Burkman,  65,  is  an  experienced  financial  consulting
executive. Throughout her 35 years in the investment banking industry, she has successfully led equity, M&A, and valuation and
fairness opinion transactions in excess of $6 billion for Canadian companies across numerous industries. Since 2007, she has been
majority shareholder and President of Burkman Capital Corporation, an investment banking boutique located in Bromont, Québec.
From 1997 to 2007, Ms. Burkman was a partner at Griffiths McBurney and Partners and a Director at GMP Securities where she
led  the  Investment  Banking  Group  in  Montreal.  Prior  thereto,  Ms.  Burkman  was  President  of  Mathurin-Burkman  Inc.,  an
investment  banking  boutique,  a  Vice-President  and  member  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  McNeil  Mantha  Inc.,  then  a  publicly-
traded  Canadian  securities  brokerage  firm,  and  held  positions  with  Wood  Gundy  Securities  in  Toronto  and  with  the  Corporate
Banking  division  of  Bank  of  Montreal.  Ms.  Burkman  started  her  professional  career  as  an  auditor  with  KPMG  at  its  Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania and Toronto, Ontario offices. Since 2012, Ms. Burkman has been a member of the Board of Directors of Olameter
Inc., a provider of outsourced utility solutions in North America based in Montreal. Ms. Burkman holds both a Bachelor of Arts
degree and Masters of Business Administration degree from the University of Pittsburgh and became a Certified Public Accountant
in Pennsylvania. Ms. Burkman is a resident of Québec, Canada.

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Anne Darche, Director (August 23, 2018 to present). Ms. Darche, 63, is a marketing and consumer-trends specialist with a
20-year career in Montreal advertising agencies, primarily as a co-owner, VP for strategic planning and president. The agency she
helped build and administer, Allard Johnson, became one of Canada’s leading advertising firms. A respected speaker, she has been
heard  regularly  on  Radio-Canada  sharing  her  views  on  trends,  breakthroughs  and  market  disruptions.  Ms.  Darche  serves  as  a
director of Germain Hôtels, a company based in Québec City that owns and operates hotels across Canada, KDC, a leading North
American contract manufacturer of health and beauty-care products, and 48North Cannabis Corp., a company listed on the TSX
Venture Exchange whose wholly-owned subsidiary is a licensed producer of cannabis in Canada. She is also chair of MU, a not-for-
profit  organization  devoted  to  beautifying  the  city  of  Montreal  by  creating  murals  that  are  anchored  in  local  communities.  Ms.
Darche holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in graphic design from Université Laval, Québec City, Québec and a Masters of Business
Administration degree from Université de Sherbrooke, Sherbrooke, Québec and is a Chartered Director. Ms. Darche is a resident of
Québec, Canada.

Emilia Di Raddo, CPA, CA, Director (2014 to present). Ms. Di Raddo, 61, has been a director of the Company since 2012,
except  between  January  2013  and  March  2014.  She  has  been  the  President  of  Le  Château  Inc.,  a  company  listed  on  the  TSX
Venture Exchange, since 2000, has served on its Board of Directors since 2001 and was Chief Financial Officer from 1996 to 2000.
Prior  thereto,  Ms.  Di  Raddo  was  a  partner  at  Ernst  &  Young  LLP  where  she  practiced  for  more  than  15  years  for  companies
operating in the retail and consumer products industry. Ms. Di Raddo received a Bachelor of Commerce degree and a Diploma in
Accountancy  from  Concordia  University,  Montreal,  Québec,  and  is  also  a  chartered  accountant  and  a  CPA.  Ms.  Di  Raddo  is  a
resident of Québec, Canada.

Max  Ludwig  Fischer,  Ph.D,  Director  (June  14,  2018  to  present).  Mr.  Fischer,  68,  was  Professor  of  German  and
International Studies at Willamette University, Salem, Oregon, where he also held administrative positions, including Chair of the
Department of German and Russian Studies. Since 2008, Mr. Fischer has been a consultant to the President and CEO of Rancho La
Puerta in Tecate, Mexico, a consistent winner of Travel & Leisure’s “Best Spa Destination”, as well as a Bi-Annual Lecturer on
Nutrition and Natural Healing Modalities at Rancho La Puerta. In 2018, Mr. Fischer was an invited lecturer on “The Concept of
Holistic  Living”  at  the  Omega  Institute,  Rhinebeck,  New  York.  Mr.  Fischer  holds  a  Ph.D.  in  Philosophy  and  a  Masters  of  Arts
degree  from  the  University  of  Colorado,  Boulder,  Colorado,  and  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  in  English  and  sociology  from  the
University  of  Regensburg,  Regensburg,  Germany.  Mr.  Fischer  is  the  author  of  numerous  publications  on  20th century literature,
exile  literature  and  intercultural  communications.  In  addition  to  his  expertise  in  literature,  Mr.  Fischer  has  a  deep  interest  in
psychology, holistic living and natural nutrition. Mr. Fischer is a resident of Ontario, Canada.

Peter Robinson, Director (June 14, 2018 to present). Mr. Robinson, 66, possesses diverse leadership experience spanning
more than four decades in business, government and the non-profit sectors. He was Chief Executive Officer of the David Suzuki
Foundation from 2008 to 2017 and, from 2000 to 2008, was Chief Executive Officer of Mountain Equipment Co-op, a Canadian
consumers’  cooperative  that  sells  outdoor  recreation  gear  and  clothing  exclusively  to  its  members.  From  1983  to  2000,  Mr.
Robinson  held  a  number  of  positions  with  BC  Housing,  a  government  agency,  including  Chief  Executive  Officer  from  1999  to
2000. Mr. Robinson holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in geography from Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, British Columbia, and a
Master  of  Arts  degree  in  Conflict  Analysis  and  Management  and  a  Doctor  of  Social  Sciences  degree,  both  from  Royal  Roads
University, Victoria, British Columbia. He has been extensively involved in community and humanitarian work, including serving
as a director from 2012 to 2017 of Imagine Canada, a national charitable organization, governor of the Canadian Red Cross Society
from  2010  to  2012,  and  Chair  of  the  Board  of  Governors  and  Chancellor  of  Royal  Roads  University  from  2007  to  2010.  Mr.
Robinson is a resident of British Columbia, Canada.

Sarah  Segal,  the  Chief  Brand  Officer  of  DAVIDsTEA,  is  the  daughter  of  Herschel  Segal,  Chairman  of  the  Board  of
Directors  and  Interim  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Company  and  the  owner  of  Rainy  Day  Investments  Ltd.,  which  controls
approximately 46% of the outstanding shares of DAVIDsTEA.

Family Relationships

Function of Audit Committee

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Audit Committee”) operates under a written charter adopted by the
Board of Directors. The Charter contains a detailed description of the scope of the Audit Committee’s responsibilities and how they
will  be  carried  out.  The  Audit  Committee  Charter  is  available  on  our  Investor  Relations  website  at  http://ir.davidstea.com  under
“Corporate Governance” and on SEDAR at www.sedar.com. The Audit Committee’s primary responsibilities and duties include:

82

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

appointing, compensating, retaining and overseeing the work of any registered public accounting firm engaged for the purpose of preparing or
issuing  an  audit  report  or  performing  other  audit,  review  or  attest  services  and  reviewing  and  appraising  the  audit  efforts  of  our  independent
accountants;

establishing procedures for (i) the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing
matters and (ii) confidential and anonymous submissions by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

engaging independent counsel and other advisers, as necessary;

determining funding of various services provided by accountants or advisers retained by the committee;

reviewing our financial reporting processes and internal controls;

establishing,  maintaining  and  overseeing  the  Company’s  related  party  transaction  policy,  including  overseeing  the  process  for  approval  of  all
related-party transactions involving executive officers and directors; and

providing an open avenue of communication among the independent accountants, financial and senior management and the Board.

Independence of Audit Committee Members

The  members  of  the  Audit  Committee  are  Pat  De  Marco  (chair),  Susan  L.  Burkman  and  Peter  Robinson.  The  Board  has
determined that each of them meets the independence requirements under the rules of the NASDAQ Global Market and under Rule
10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

Audit Committee Financial Experts

The Board has determined that Pat De Marco and Susan L. Burkman are “Audit Committee financial experts”. All members
of the Audit Committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the
NASDAQ Global Market.

Audited Financial Statements Included in Annual Report

Management  has  the  primary  responsibility  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  financial  controls,  for
preparing the financial statements and for the public reporting process. Ernst & Young LLP (“EY”), the Company’s independent
registered  public  accounting  firm,  is  responsible  for  expressing  an  opinion  on  the  conformity  of  the  Company’s  audited
consolidated financial statements with International Financial Reporting Standards.

The Audit Committee has reviewed and discussed with management and EY the Company’s audited consolidated financial
statements for the year ended February 2, 2019 and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operation.

The Audit Committee has also discussed with EY the matters required to be discussed by the Public Company Accounting
Oversight  Board  (“PCAOB”)  AU  Section  380,  “Communication  with  Audit  Committees.”  The  Audit  Committee  received  the
written  disclosures  and  the  letter  from  EY  that  are  required  by  PCAOB  Rule  3526,  “Communication  with  Audit  Committees
Concerning Independence,” and has discussed with EY its independence. The Audit Committee considered whether EY’s provision
of non-audit services to the Company is compatible with maintaining EY’s independence. This discussion and disclosure informed
the  Audit  Committee’s  review  of  EY’s  independence  and  assisted  the  Audit  Committee  in  evaluating  that  independence.  On  the
basis of the foregoing, the Audit Committee concluded that EY is independent from the Company, its affiliates and management.

Based  upon  its  review  of  the  Company’s  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  discussions  noted  above,  the
Audit Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year
ended February 2, 2019 be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for such fiscal year for filing with the SEC.
This report has been furnished by the members of the Audit Committee.

Pat De Marco, Chair
Susan L. Burkman
Peter Robinson

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Corporate Governance

Statement of Corporate Governance Practices

As a reporting issuer in the Canadian Province of Québec with securities listed on the NASDAQ, DAVIDsTEA complies
with all applicable rules adopted by the AMF and the SEC. As a Canadian issuer, DAVIDsTEA is exempt from complying with
many  of  the  NASDAQ  Corporate  Governance  Standards,  provided  that  DAVIDsTEA  complies  with  Canadian  governance
requirements.  Policy  Statement  58-201  to  Corporate  Governance  Guidelines  of  the  AMF  provides  guidance  on  governance
practices  for  reporting  issuers  in  the  Province  of  Québec.  Québec  Regulation  58-101  respecting  Disclosure  of  Corporate
Governance Practices requires such issuers to make prescribed disclosure regarding their governance practices. The Board is of the
view that DAVIDsTEA’s corporate governance practices satisfy the foregoing requirements of the Province of Québec, as reflected
in the disclosure made below. The Board of Directors has approved the disclosure of DAVIDsTEA’s corporate governance practices
described below, on the recommendation of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee (“CGNC”).

Board of Directors

Independence

The Board of Directors consists of seven directors, six of whom are non‑employee directors. Herschel Segal, Pat De Marco,
Emilia Di Raddo, Max Ludwig Fischer and Peter Robinson were elected as directors at the annual meeting of shareholders held on
June 14, 2018. Susan L. Burkman and Anne Darche were appointed as directors on August 23, 2018 to fill vacancies created by the
resignations of two directors. Directors are elected or appointed to hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders or until
their earlier resignation or removal from office in accordance with the Company’s by-laws.

Five  of  the  seven  directors  comprising  the  Board  of  Directors  are  considered  “independent”  pursuant  to  Section  1.4  of
Québec Regulation 52-110 respecting Audit Committees. Under that provision, Susan L. Burkman, Anne Darche, Pat De Marco,
Max Ludwig Fischer and Peter Robinson are considered independent, whereas Herschel Segal is not considered to be independent
in that he is an executive officer of the Company and Emilia Di Raddo is not considered to be independent in light of her long-
standing business relationship with Herschel Segal. The independence of directors is determined by the Board based on the results
of independence questionnaires completed by each director annually, as well as other factual circumstances reviewed on an ongoing
basis.

To enhance the independent judgment of the Board of Directors, the independent members of the Board of Directors may
meet in the absence of members of management and the non‑independent directors. An in camera session is scheduled as part of
every  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and  its  committees  to  allow  independent  directors  to  meet  without  non-independent
directors and members of management, as necessary. All non‑independent directors are responsible to the Board of Directors as a
whole and have a duty of care to the Company.

As Herschel Segal, Chairman of the Board, is not an independent director, the Board of Directors appointed Pat De Marco,

an independent director, as “Lead Director” on September 23, 2018 upon the recommendation of the CGNC.

The Board of Directors has adopted a Charter of the Board of Directors delineating its principal roles and responsibilities.
The  Charter  of  the  Board  of  Directors  is  available  on  our  Investor  Relations  website  at  http://ir.davidstea.com  under  “Corporate
Governance” and on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

Chair of the Board

Herschel Segal, Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, chairs meetings of the Board of Directors. Mr.
Segal is not an independent director. As a result, on September 23, 2018, upon the recommendation of the CGNC, the Board of
Directors  appointed  Pat  De  Marco,  an  independent  director,  as  “Lead  Director”.  As  Lead  Director,  Mr.  De  Marco  provides
leadership in ensuring Board effectiveness and is responsible for facilitating and encouraging open and effective communication
between management of the Company and the Board of Directors, consulting with the Chairman of the Board in setting the agenda
for Board meetings, ensuring Board committees function appropriately, chairing meetings of the independent members of the Board
of Directors and chairing Board of Directors’ meetings if the Chairman of the Board is absent.

Conflicts of Interest

In accordance with applicable law and DAVIDsTEA’s policy, each director is required to disclose to the Board any potential
conflict  of  interest  he  or  she  may  have  in  a  matter  before  the  Board  or  a  committee  thereof  at  the  beginning  of  the  Board  or
committee meeting. A director who is in a potential conflict of interest must not attend any part of the meeting during which the
matter is discussed or participate in a vote on such matter.

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Formal Position Descriptions

The Board has adopted formal position descriptions for the Chairman of the Board and the Board Committee Chairs, as well

as for the President and CEO.

Chairman of the Board

The Board of Directors has adopted a written position description for the Chairman of the Board of Directors and each of
the Committee chairs, which sets out each of the chairs’ key responsibilities, including duties relating to setting meeting agendas,
chairing  meetings  and  working  with  the  respective  committee  and  management  to  ensure,  to  the  greatest  extent  possible,  the
effective functioning of the committee and the Board of Directors.

The primary responsibility of the Chairman is to provide leadership to the Board to enhance Board effectiveness. The Chair
of the Board must oversee that the relationship between the Board, management, shareholders and other stakeholders is effective,
efficient and further to the best interests of the Company.

Committee Chairs

The  position  descriptions  of  each  Committee  Chair  provide  that  each  Chair’s  key  role  is  to  manage  his  or  her  respective
Committee  and  ensure  that  the  Committee  carries  out  its  mandate  effectively.  Like  the  Chairman  of  the  Board,  each  Committee
Chair is expected to provide leadership to enhance the Committee’s effectiveness and must oversee the Committee’s discharge of
its duties and responsibilities. Committee Chairs must report regularly to the Board on the business of their respective committees.

Interim Chief Executive Officer

The  primary  responsibility  of  the  Interim  CEO  is  to  lead  the  Company  by  providing  strategic  direction  that  includes  the
development and implementation of plans, policies, strategies and budgets for the growth and profitable operation of the Company.
The Board of Directors has developed a written position description for the CEO which sets out the Chief Executive Officer’s key
responsibilities,  including  duties  relating  to  strategic  planning,  operational  direction,  Board  of  Directors  interaction,  building  an
effective management team and communication with shareholders.

The HRCC develops yearly goals and objectives that the CEO is responsible for meeting. The corporate objectives that the
CEO is responsible for meeting, with the rest of management placed under his supervision, are determined by the strategic plans
and the budgets as they are approved each year by the Board.

Election of Directors

The articles of the Company provide that the Board shall consist of not less than three and not more than fifteen directors.
Each  director  is  elected  for  a  one-year  term  ending  at  the  next  annual  meeting  of  shareholders  or  when  his  or  her  successor  is
elected, unless he or she resigns or his or her office otherwise becomes vacant.

Committees of the Board

The Board has established the Audit Committee, the Human Resources and Compensation Committee (“HRCC”) and the

CGNC and has delegated to each of these committees certain responsibilities that are set forth in their respective mandates.

Human Resources and Compensation Committee

The HRCC’s primary purpose, with respect to compensation, is to assist the Board of Directors in fulfilling its oversight
responsibilities  and  to  make  recommendations  to  the  Board  of  Directors  with  respect  to  the  compensation  of  the  directors  and
executive  officers.  Independent  consultants  may  also  be  periodically  retained  to  assist  the  HRCC  in  fulfilling  its  responsibilities
when needed. As required in its mandate, the HRCC is composed of a majority of independent directors, including the Chairman of
the  committee  who  must  qualify  as  an  independent  director.  The  three  current  members  of  the  HRCC  are  Max  Ludwig  Fischer
(chair),  Anne  Darche  and  Emilia  Di  Raddo.  The  HRCC  Charter  is  available  on  our  Investor  Relations  website  at
http://ir.davidstea.com under “Corporate Governance” and on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

The three current members of the CGNC are Peter Robinson (chair), Pat De Marco and Max Ludwig Fischer. The Charter
of  the  CGNC  is  available  on  our  Investor  Relations  website  at  http://ir.davidstea.com  under  “Corporate  Governance”  and  on
SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Board and Committee Meetings

In Camera Sessions

To maintain independence from management, the independent Board members meet at least annually and may meet at each
Board meeting without the presence of management. Such meetings are chaired by the Lead Director. Similarly, each of the Board
committees meets without management present under the chairmanship of the committee Chair at least annually and may meet at
each committee meeting without the presence of management.

Ethical Business Conduct

The  Company’s  Code  of  Ethics  for  Senior  Managers  and  Financial  Officers  (the  “Code  of  Ethics”)  is  applicable  to  all
DAVIDsTEA’s directors, senior managers and financial officers and has been developed to promote the honest and ethical conduct
of  our  directors,  senior  managers  and  financial  officers,  including  the  ethical  handling  of  actual  or  apparent  conflicts  of  interest
between personal and  professional  relationships;  to  promote  full,  fair,  accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in periodic
reports required to be filed by the Company; and to promote compliance with all applicable rules and regulations that apply to the
Company  and  its  officers.  The  Code  of  Ethics  is  available  on  our  Investor  Relations  website  at  http://ir.davidstea.com  under
“Corporate Governance” and on SEDAR at www.sedar.com. The Code of Ethics addresses several matters, including conflicts of
interest,  integrity  of  corporate  records,  confidentiality  of  corporate  information,  protection  and  use  of  corporate  assets  and
opportunities,  insider  trading,  compliance  with  laws  and  reporting  of  unethical  or  illegal  behaviour.  No  waiver  has  ever  been
granted to a director or executive officer in connection with the Code of Ethics.

In  addition  to  monitoring  compliance  with  the  Code  of  Ethics,  the  Board  has  adopted  whistleblowing  procedures  for
reporting  unethical  or  questionable  acts  by  the  Company  or  employees  thereof.  Complaints  can  be  made  via  telephone  at  a
confidential line called the integrity line. Any Human Resources-related question is redirected to our Head of Human Resources
while  any  issue  of  misconduct  or  fraud  is  redirected  to  the  Chair  of  the  Audit  Committee  who  is  responsible  to  oversee  the
whistleblowing procedures.

Board, Committees and Directors Performance Assessment

On an annual basis, the Chairman of the Board is responsible for the process of assessing the performance and effectiveness
of the Board as a whole, the Board Committees, Committee Chairs and individual directors. Questionnaires are distributed to each
director for the purpose of (i) evaluating the Board’s responsibilities and functions, its operations, how it compares with boards of
other companies on which the directors serve and the performance of the Board’s Committees and (ii) inviting directors to make
suggestions  for  improving  the  performance  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Board,  Committee  Chairs  and  individual  directors.  The
questionnaire completed by the Chairman of the Board is submitted to the Chair of the HRCC. The results of the questionnaires are
compiled by the Corporate Secretary on a confidential basis to encourage full and frank commentary. In addition, the Chairman of
the Board discusses with each Board member individually in order to discuss the questionnaires and also meets the Chair of the
HRCC  who  is  responsible  for  his  assessment.  The  results  of  the  questionnaires  as  well  as  any  issues  raised  during  individual
discussions  are  presented  and  discussed  at  a  following  meeting  of  the  Board.  At  all  times,  Board  members  are  free  to  discuss
among  themselves  the  performance  of  a  fellow  director,  or  submit  such  a  matter  to  the  Chairman  of  the  Board.  Based  on  the
outcome  of  the  discussion,  the  Chairman  of  the  Board  then  presents  to  the  Board  the  assessment’s  findings  and  its
recommendations to enhance the performance and effectiveness of the Board and its Committees.

Director Selection

Skills and Experience of Directors

The process by which the Board establishes new candidates for Board nominations lies within the discretion of the Board of
Directors with a view of the best interests of the Company and in accordance with the corporate governance guidelines. Pursuant to
the governing statutes, and our articles and by‑laws, new candidates for Board nominations can be proposed by the shareholders
and will be voted on by the shareholders at each annual meeting of shareholders.

Nomination of Directors

Before making a recommendation on a new director candidate, the Chairman of the Board and members of the CGNC meet
with the candidate to discuss the candidate’s interest and ability to devote the time and commitment required to serve on the Board.
In  certain  circumstances,  the  Board  may  also  retain  an  independent  recruiting  firm  to  identify  director  candidates  and  fix  such
firm’s fees and other retention terms.

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The Board does not impose nor does it believe that it should establish term limits or retirement age limits for its directors, as

such limits may cause the loss of experience and expertise important to the optimal performance of the Board.

Diversity and Gender Diversity

The Company does not have a formal policy on diversity on the Board of Directors or in senior management positions. The
Company  is,  however,  mindful  of  the  benefit  of  diversity  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and  senior  management,  including  the
representation  of  women  on  the  Board  and  in  senior  management  positions,  and  the  need  to  maximize  their  effectiveness  and
respective decision‑making abilities. Accordingly, in searches for new candidates, while the Company seeks to recruit or appoint
the most qualified individuals for particular positions, it considers the merit of potential candidates based on a balance of skills,
background, experience and knowledge, including taking into consideration diversity such as gender, age and geographic areas.

Director Orientation and Continuing Education

Orientation

The HRCC is responsible for developing, monitoring and reviewing the Company’s orientation and continuing education
programs  for  directors.  New  directors  are  provided  with  an  information  package  on  the  Company’s  business,  its  strategic  and
operational business plans, its operating performance, its governance system and its financial position. Also, new directors meet
individually  with  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  other  senior  executives  to  discuss  these  matters.  The  Board  ensures  that
prospective candidates fully understand the role of the Board and its Committees and the contribution that individual directors are
expected to make, including, in particular, the personal commitment that the Company expects of its directors.

Continuing Education

All Board members have visited DAVIDsTEA’s stores. Management makes presentations to the Board on a range of topics
that are relevant to the Company’s operations. Senior management makes regular presentations to the Board and its committees to
educate them and keep them informed of developments within the Company’s main areas of business and operations, as well as on
key legal, regulatory and industry developments. Directors are also provided with Board and Board committee materials in advance
of regularly-scheduled meetings. Directors receive periodic updates between Board meetings on matters that affect the Company’s
business. Finally, Board members have full access to the Company’s senior management and employees.

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are
named  in  the  “2018  Summary  Compensation  Table”  below.  In  Fiscal  2018,  our  “Named  Executive  Officers”  and  their  positions
were as follows:

·

·

·

·

·

·

Herschel Segal, Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board since June 14, 2018

Joel Silver, former President and Chief Executive Officer

Frank Zitella, Chief Financial Officer since December 10, 2018 and Chief Operating Officer since April 26, 2019

Joe Bongiorno, Interim Chief Financial Officer from September 24, 2018 to December 9, 2018

Howard Tafler, former Chief Financial Officer

Sarah Segal, Chief Brand Officer since August 21, 2018

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations
and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt may differ materially
from  the  currently  planned  programs  summarized  in  this  discussion.  See  Part  I  on  Form  10-K  “Cautionary  Note  Regarding
Forward-Looking Statements”.

Executive and Director Compensation

Processes and Procedures for Compensation Decisions

Our HRCC is responsible for the executive compensation programs for our executive officers and reports to our Board on its
discussions, decisions and other actions. Our HRCC reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relating to the
compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, evaluates the performance of our Chief Executive Officer in light of those goals and
objectives and determines and approves the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation. Our HRCC has
the sole authority to determine our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation. In addition, our HRCC, in consultation with our Chief
Executive Officer, reviews and approves all compensation for the other officers and directors. Our Chief Executive Officer also
makes compensation recommendations for our other executive officers and initially proposes the corporate and departmental
performance objectives under our Executive Incentive Compensation Plan to the HRCC.

The HRCC is authorized to retain the services of one or more executive compensation and benefits consultants or other outside
experts or advisors as it sees fit, in connection with the establishment of our compensation programs and related policies.

The Insider Trading Policy

The Company has adopted an insider trading policy that applies to the equity transactions of all of the employees, including
most notably of directors and officers, including Named Executive Officers. Under the policy, transactions by covered individuals
in  the  Company’s  securities  are  authorized  only  during  insider  trading  windows  (which  open  the  second  full  day  after  financial
results  are  released  each  quarter  to  permit  market  adjustments),  and  all  transactions  must  be  pre-approved  and  cleared  by  the
Corporate Secretary so as to avoid any appearance of trading based on non-public information.

Hedging Prohibition

Hedging  transactions  can  be  accomplished  through  a  variety  of  mechanisms  including  prepaid  forward  contracts,  equity
swaps and collars and other similar devices. Because hedging transactions permit the holder of the securities to continue to own the
securities without the full risks and rewards of ownership, such transactions can cause the interests of such holder not to be aligned
with  our  other  shareholders  and  therefore  the  employees,  officers  and  directors  are  prohibited  from  hedging  any  equity-based
compensation or Company shares.

Automatic Securities Disposition Plan (10b5-1 Plan)

Automatic  Securities  Disposition  Plans  are  permitted  under  the  Insider  Trading  Policy  and  must  be  approved  by  the
Corporate Secretary and meet the requirements of the Securities Act (Québec) and similar rules and regulations in other applicable
Canadian securities laws as well as Rule 10b5-1(c)(1)(i)(B) under the Exchange Act. In general, such plans must be entered into at
a time when the person entering into the plan is not aware of any material non-public information with respect to the Company.

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Short-Term Incentive Plan

The annual incentive program is a cash bonus intended to compensate officers for achieving short‑term corporate goals. It is
also  intended  to  reward  the  Named  Executive  Officers  for  both  the  overall  performance  of  the  Company  and  individual
performance  during  the  year.  The  Company  believes  that  establishing  cash  bonus  opportunities  is  an  important  factor  in  both
attracting  and  retaining  the  services  of  qualified  and  highly-skilled  executives.  The  HRCC  determined  that  the  most  meaningful
measure of successful growth was Comparable Sales and selected other financial objectives in line with the Company’s short-term
corporate  goals,  which,  together  with  Comparable  Sales,  would  form  the  basis  for  the  annual  incentive  program.  The  HRCC
reviews  annually  the  weight  attributed  to  each  financial  objective.  Therefore,  for  fiscal  2018,  the  annual  incentive  formula
attributed 75% to corporate Comparable Sales growth and 25% to other financial objectives. Notwithstanding the above formula,
the HRCC may, in its sole discretion, adjust the calculated payment, as much as to cancel payment altogether, should it determine
that the calculated payment requires adjustment.

For the fiscal year ended February 2, 2019 the Company did not meet the annual incentive program targets.

Mid- and Long-Term Incentive Plans

In  2015,  the  Board  and  the  shareholders  of  the  Company  adopted  the  2015  Omnibus  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (the  “2015
Omnibus  Plan”)  in  connection  with  our  IPO.  All  equity  and  equity‑based  awards,  including  awards  to  the  Named  Executive
Officers,  are  made  under  the  2015  Omnibus  Plan.  Accordingly,  the  RSU  and  option  awards  made  in  Fiscal  2018  to  executive
officers were all made under the 2015 Omnibus Plan. As our common shares are currently traded solely on the NASDAQ Global
Market, the grant value and number of units awarded are determined based on the U.S. dollar share price and are not subject to
currency conversion.

The target award values for the Named Executive Officers are indicated in the table below. Actual Fiscal 2018 awards can
be found in the summary compensation table set out below. Under the 2015 Omnibus Plan, when calculating the number of stock
options  and/or  restricted  share  units/performance  share  units  granted  based  on  the  target  award  values,  the  Company  does  not
convert for U.S.-Canadian currency rates.

Name

Joel Silver (1)
Howard Tafler (2)

Notes:

(1) Joel Silver was President and Chief Executive Officer until June 14, 2018.
(2) Howard Tafler was Chief Financial Officer until September 24, 2018.

89

Target
Value

  Maximum  
Value

(% of salary)

100%   
35%   

150%
50%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The  following  table  illustrates  the  compensation  paid  to  the  Named  Executive  Officers  for  the  last  two  completed  fiscal
years,  as  applicable.  All  compensation  is  disclosed  in  U.S.  dollars.  For  employees  who  receive  all  or  a  portion  of  their
compensation in Canadian dollars, unless otherwise indicated, an exchange of 1.3095 for 2018, and 1.2393 for 2017 has been used
to convert to U.S. dollars, which represents the exchange rate of the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank of New York at noon on the last
day of each fiscal year, and which, in the Company’s opinion, is an appropriate reflection of exchange rates variation during the
year.

    Non-equity incentive    
plan compensation    

Stock
  Salary     Bonus(7)     Awards(8)     Awards(9)     plan(10)

plan

    compensation(11)     Compensation  

Long-
term    
    Option     incentive     incentive    

    Annual

All
other

Total

Name and principal
position
Herschel Segal (1)
Interim  Chief  Executive
Officer and
Chairman of the Board

  Year  
  2018    190,913     

($)

($)

-     

($)
62,250     

2017

-     

-     

46,500     

($)

($)

($)

($)

-     

-     

-   

-     

Joel Silver (2)
Officer

  2018    110,788     
  2017    285,521     

-      300,002     
-      199,969      200,126      107,480     

-      101,718   

Frank Zitella (3)
Chief Financial Officer

  2018   
  2017   

38,183     
-     

-     
-     

-     
-     

-     
-     

-     
-     

Joe Bongiorno (4)
Interim  Chief 
Officer

Howard Tafler (5)
Former  Chief 
Officer

  2018    126,129     

-     

21,569     

-     

2,138     

Financial

2017

    109,581     

-     

7,991     

-     

-     

  2018    128,425     

-     

92,742     

-     

11,283     

Financial

2017

    194,515     

14,903     

55,544     

-     

18,953     

Sarah Segal (6)
Chief Brand Officer

  2018    175,640     
87,084     
  2017   

-     
-     

57,517     
46,500     

-   
-   

-   
-   

Notes:

-     

-     

-     
-     

-     
-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     
-   

-     

-     

($)
253,163 

46,500 

724,958     
8,069     

1,237,466 
801,165 

-     
-     

38,183 
- 

731     

150,567 

813     

118,385 

731     

233,181 

813     

284,728 

-     
-     

233,157 
133,584 

(1) Herschel Segal was appointed Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board on June 14, 2018.

(2) Joel Silver was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer on March 20, 2017 and held such positions until June 14, 2018.

(3) Frank Zitella was appointed Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary on December 10, 2018 and Chief Operating Officer on April 26, 2019.

(4) Joe Bongiorno served as Interim Chief Financial Officer from September 24, 2018 to December 9, 2018. Mr. Bongiorno is Director of Finance of

the Company.

(5) Howard Tafler was appointed Interim Chief Financial Officer effective August 14, 2017 and Chief Financial Officer effective December 7, 2017, a

position he held until September 24, 2018.

(6) Sarah Segal was appointed Chief Brand Officer on August 21, 2018 and prior thereto was the Company’s VP Product Development and Innovation.

(7) Amounts shown represent retention bonuses

(8) Amounts shown reflect the aggregate grant date fair market value of time-vesting RSUs granted to Named Executive Officers on April 19, 2018 and
April 18, 2017 (except for grant made to Mr. Silver in fiscal 2017 whose grant was made on March 20, 2017 upon his start date), under the 2015
Omnibus Plan, excluding the value of estimated forfeitures on the shares. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are disclosed in note
15 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended February 2, 2019.

(9) Amounts shown reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of time-vesting stock options, using a Black-Scholes option pricing model, and exclude
the  value  of  estimated  forfeitures.  Assumptions  used  in  the  calculation  of  these  amounts  are  included  below  for  grants  received  by  the  Named
Executive Officers over the last two fiscal years

(10) Represents the awards earned during the year under the Short-Term Annual Incentive Program.

(11) The amounts shown represent amounts paid to Mr. Silver pursuant to his separation agreement, the monthly car allowance for Mr. Silver, and the

professional association fees for Mr. Tafler and Mr. Bongiorno.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
    
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
 
 
    
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
 
   
     
       
       
       
       
       
     
 
     
 
 
 
   
     
       
       
       
       
       
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
     
       
       
       
       
       
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
     
       
       
       
     
     
     
 
     
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90

 
Table of Contents

Incentive Plan Awards

Outstanding share-based awards and option-based awards

The  following  table  sets  out  information  regarding  outstanding  awards  in  U.S.  dollars  held  by  the  Named  Executive

Officers as of February 2, 2019.

Share Awards

Option Awards

    Number of
securities

    Number of
securities

    underlying     underlying    
    unexercised     unexercised     Option
exercise
price(8)
($)

    exercisable(7)     unexercisable    

options -

options -

(#)

(#)

-     

-     

-     

  Grant
Date

    Number of    
shares

    of shares

Market
value

    or units of     or units of  

stock
that

    have not
    vested(10)

stock
that

    have not
    vested(11)

(#)
15,000     

($)
24,000 

    Option
    expiration     Grant
Date
-    2018-06-14     

date(9)

-     

Name
Herschel Segal (1)

Interim  Chief  Executive
Officer and
Chairman of the Board

Joel Silver (2)

Former President and Chief   
Executive Officer

Frank Zitella (3)

Chief Financial Officer

Joe Bongiorno (4)

Interim  Chief  Financial
Officer

Howard Tafler (5)

2016-04-
15

Former  Chief  Financial
Officer

Sarah Segal (6)

Chief Brand Officer

Notes:

2017-03-
20

-     

53,225     

7.70   

20   

2024-03-

2018-04-19

21,803     

34,885 

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

- 

2013-02-
22

4,500     

-     

0.59   

22   

2020-02-

2018-04-19

2017-04-18

6,270     

10,032 

915     
360     
7,545     

1,464 
576 
12,072 

     2016-04-15     

2019-09-

2,374     

-     

11.19   

21     

-     

-     

- 

-     

-     

-     

-     

-    2018-04-19     

16,720     

26,752 

(1) Herschel Segal was appointed Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board on June 14, 2018.

(2) Joel Silver was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer on March 20, 2017 and held such positions until June 14, 2018.

(3) Frank Zitella was appointed Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary on December 10, 2018 and Chief Operating Officer on April 26, 2019.

(4) Joe Bongiorno served as Interim Chief Financial Officer from September 24, 2018 to December 10, 2018. Mr. Bongiorno is Director of Finance of

the Company.

(5) Howard Tafler was appointed Interim Chief Financial Officer effective August 14, 2017 and Chief Financial Officer effective December 7, 2017, a

position he held until September 24, 2018.

(6) Sarah Segal was appointed Chief Brand Officer on August 21, 2018 and prior thereto was the Company’s VP Product Development and Innovation.

(7) Unless earlier terminated, forfeited, relinquished or expired, the options will vest as to ¼th of the Shares on each of the first four anniversaries of the
grant  date  and  the  option  becoming  vested  as  to  100%  of  the  Shares  on  the  final  vesting  date.  Shares  subject  to  the  option  will  not  vest  on  any
vesting date unless the NEO has remained in continuous service from the date of grant through such vesting date, unless otherwise provided in the
LTIP plan further discussed in Item 11 – Executive Compensation.

(8) For option awards granted after the IPO, the exercise price is equal to the closing price of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market on the
day the award was granted. For option awards granted prior to the IPO, the exercise price was determined by our Board based on an independent
third party valuation and was denominated in Canadian dollars. As our shares are currently traded only on the NASDAQ in USD, the exercise prices
of the pre-IPO awards have been converted to U.S. dollars based on the U.S. dollar/Canadian dollar exchange rate in effect as of February 3, 2019,

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
      
      
      
      
    
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
    
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
      
      
    
      
      
  
 
     
     
      
      
      
      
    
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
    
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
      
      
    
      
      
  
   
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
 
     
     
   
      
      
      
      
    
     
 
   
      
      
      
      
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
 
     
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the  last  business  day  of  Fiscal  2018  of  C$1  =  US$1.3095.  The  actual  exchange  rate  in  effect  at  the  time  of  exercise  for  options  granted  with  a
Canadian dollar exercise price will be used to convert the option exercise price to U.S. dollars.

(9) All stock options have a seven‑year term.

(10) Unless earlier terminated, forfeited, relinquished or expired, the RSUs will vest as to one quarter of the shares on each of the first two anniversaries
of the grant date and remaining half of the RSUs will vest on the third anniversary of the grand date. Shares subject to the RSUs will not vest on any
vesting date unless the NEO has remained in continuous service from the date of grant through such vesting date, unless otherwise provided in the
LTIP plan further discussed in Item 11 – Executive Compensation.

(11) The market value is calculated by multiplying the closing price of the Shares on the NASDAQ Global Market on February 2, 2019, being the last

business day of the fiscal year, which closing price was US$1.60 per Share, by the number of RSUs that had not vested as of such date.

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The table below illustrates the status of the shares reserved for issuance under the Company’s equity-based incentive plans.

    Number of
securities
available
for future
issuance

    Weighted

  Number of
securities to
be

average
issued upon     exercise price     under equity  
compensation
plans

exercise of

of

Plan Category
Equity  compensation  plans  approved  by  security
holders

  Plan Name

Amended  and  Restated  Equity 
Plan(1)
  2015 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

Incentive

Total

  outstanding     outstanding    

options,
warrants

  and rights(2)    
(#)
(a)

options,
warrants
and rights(3)
(4)
($USD)
(b)

(excluding  
securities
reflected

    in column (a))  
(#)
(c)

66,100     
572,118     
638,218     

2.01     
8.68     

— 
867,882 
867,882 

(1) Since the adoption of the 2015 Omnibus Plan in connection with the IPO, no awards have been or will be made under the Equity Plan. Outstanding

options previously granted under the Equity Plan remain subject to the terms of the Equity Plan.

(2) Reflects outstanding stock options and RSUs.

(3) Restricted stock units have no exercise price and, therefore, the weighted average price does not take these awards into account.

(4) The weighted average exercise price of outstanding options have been converted from CAD to USD at an exchange rate of 1.3095.

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
    
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Table of Contents

Termination and Change in Control Benefits

The Named Executive Officers would be entitled to the following payments and benefits in the event of termination of the

executive’s employment pursuant to the employment agreement between the executive and the Company.

Frank Zitella

Voluntary Resignation

Unvested  options  granted  under  the  Equity  Incentive  Plan  will  be  forfeited  upon  a  termination  of  employment  due  to  a
voluntary  resignation  and  vested  options  will  remain  exercisable  for  a  period  of  30  days  following  such  termination.  Under  the
2015  Omnibus  Plan,  vested  options  will  remain  exercisable  until  the  earlier  of  the  one-year  anniversary  of  the  termination  of
employment or the award’s normal expiration date. Unvested awards under the 2015 Omnibus Plan will be forfeited at the time of
such termination.

Termination for Cause

Vested and unvested awards under both the Equity Incentive Plan and the 2015 Omnibus Plan will be forfeited immediately

at time of termination.

Termination Due to Death

Unvested  options  granted  under  the  Equity  Incentive  Plan  will  be  forfeited  upon  death  while  vested  options  will  remain
exercisable  by  the  estate  for  a  period  of  180  days  following  death.  Under  the  2015  Omnibus  Plan,  upon  death,  all  time-based
awards will immediately vest and performance awards will vest at the target level of performance. Options will remain exercisable
until the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the executive’s death or the award’s normal expiration date.

Termination Due to Disability

Unvested options granted under the Equity Incentive Plan will be forfeited upon termination of employment while vested
options will remain exercisable for a period of 180 days following termination. Under the 2015 Omnibus Plan, upon a termination
of employment due to disability, all time-based awards will immediately vest and performance awards will remain eligible to vest
to  the  extent  the  applicable  performance  goals  are  achieved.  Options  will  remain  exercisable  until  the  earlier  of  the  one-year
anniversary of the participant’s termination of employment due to disability or the award’s normal expiration date.

Retirement

Unvested  options  granted  under  the  Equity  Incentive  Plan  be  will  be  forfeited  upon  retirement  while  vested  options  will
remain exercisable for a period of 90 days. Awards other than stock options made under the 2015 Omnibus Plan will vest based on
a  pro  rata  of  elapsed  days  between  the  start  of  the  performance  period  and  the  complete  three-year  period.  If  a  performance
condition is attached to the vesting, the outstanding awards will be treated as per the achievement of the performance criterion at
the time of retirement. Vested options will remain exercisable for a period of five years following retirement or until the original
option expiry date. For purposes of the plan, retirement is defined as 65 years of age and 55 years of age with ten years of service
or more.

Involuntary Termination

Unvested options granted under the Equity Incentive Plan will be forfeited upon an involuntary termination of employment
by  the  Company  while  vested  options  will  remain  exercisable  for  a  period  of  30  days.  Under  the  2015  Omnibus  Plan,  upon  an
involuntary termination of employment by the Company, options will be forfeited to the extent then unvested and vested options
will remain exercisable until the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the participant’s termination of service or the award’s normal
expiration date. RSUs and performance awards will be deemed vested pro rata based on the number of days in a specified period
(i.e. the period from the date of grant to the third anniversary of the grant date) that have elapsed from the date of grant to the six-
month  anniversary  of  the  date  of  the  termination  of  employment,  with  the  vesting  of  performance  awards  to  be  subject  to
performance assessed as of the date of such termination of employment.

Change in Control

Under  the  Equity  Incentive  Plan,  upon  the  occurrence  of  a  trigger  event  (as  defined  in  the  Equity  Plan,  generally  a
liquidation or change of control), participants holding vested options or options that would vest upon the completion of the trigger
event will have the right to exercise such options on a basis that allows the participants to tender the common shares delivered upon
such exercise in the transaction and any options not so exercised will expire and be cancelled upon the completion of the trigger
event.  In  the  event  of  a  trigger  event  in  which  the  purchase  price  in  the  transaction  will  be  paid  in  cash,  in  lieu  of  a  participant
exercising his or her vested options prior to the trigger event, the participant may require us to purchase his or her options for a
purchase price per common share equal to the purchase price per common share in the transaction times the number of common

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
shares subject to the option, minus the aggregate exercise price for such common shares, subject to the completion of the trigger
event.

93

 
 
Table of Contents

Under the 2015 Omnibus Plan, upon a termination by the Company other than for Cause within twelve months following a
change in control, to the extent granted prior to the time of the change in control and then outstanding, all time-based awards will
vest and performance awards will vest at the target level of performance. Options will remain exercisable until the earlier of the
one-year anniversary of the participant’s termination of employment or service due to disability or the award’s normal expiration
date.

Compensation of Directors

Director Compensation

The Company’s compensation policy for directors is designed to enable the Company to attract and retain highly qualified

non-employee directors. Under the policy, all non-employee directors received the cash and equity compensation set forth below.

Board Chair

Annual retainer
Annual target equity grant

Interim CEO

Annual retainer

Board member

Annual retainer
Annual target equity grant

Board meeting fees
Executive Chairman
Annual retainer

Lead Director

Annual retainer

Audit Committee Chair

Additional annual retainer
Audit Committee meeting fees

Human Resources and Compensation Committee Chair

Additional annual retainer

Human Resources and Compensation Committee meeting fees

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee Chair

Additional annual retainer

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee meeting fees

Special Committee Chair(1)

Monthly retainer

Special Committee member

Monthly retainer

Notes:

C$100,000
15,000 RSUs or DSUs, at the option of the Director

C$50,000

C$50,000
7,500 RSUs or DSUs, at the option of the Director
C$1,000 for attendance in person and $500 for teleconference

C$25,000

C$25,000

C$15,000 minimum
C$1,000 for attendance in person and $500 for teleconference

C$10,000 minimum
C$1,000 for attendance in person and $500 for teleconference

C$10,000 minimum
C$1,000 for attendance in person and $500 for teleconference

C$7,800

C$3,900 (US$3,000 for US Directors)

(1) On February 26, 2018, the Board formed a Special Committee of independent directors for the purpose of reviewing
strategic alternatives on behalf of the Company.

Under  our  non‑employee  director  compensation  policy,  annual  retainers  and  meeting  fees  are  paid  in  quarterly  cash
payments.  Equity  grants  generally  will  be  made  in  the  form  of  RSUs  or  DSUs  granted  under  the  2015  Omnibus  Plan  and  will
generally vest in full on the first anniversary of the grant date. Equity awards under the non‑employee director compensation policy
will be made at a date following the Company’s annual meeting of shareholders.

The  following  table  sets  out  information  concerning  the  compensation  earned  by  our  non‑employee  directors  during  the
fiscal year ending February 2, 2019. Joel Silver received no additional compensation for services as director and, consequently, is
not included in this table. The compensation received by Mr. Silver as former President and Chief Executive Officer can be found
in the Summary Compensation Table above.

94

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Director Compensation Table

The following table sets out information concerning all amounts of compensation provided to the directors of the Company
who are not members of the management of the Company for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2019. All compensation is disclosed
in  U.S.  dollars.  For  Directors  who  receive  a  portion  of  their  compensation  in  Canadian  dollars,  unless  otherwise  indicated,  an
exchange of 1.3095 for 2018, and 1.2393 for 2017 has been used to convert to U.S. dollars, which represents the exchange rate of
the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank of New York at noon on the last day of each fiscal year, and which, in the Company’s opinion, is an
appropriate reflection of exchange rates variation during the year.

Fees
earned
or paid
in cash
($)

Stock
awards
($)

    Option
awards
($)

Non-equity

incentive
    compensation
plan
($)

    Change in    
pension
value and
  non-
qualified

deferred

 compensation    

earnings
($)

All
other
    compensation    
($)

21,000     
38,950     
35,896     
44,596     
34,675     
21,000     
11,455     
3,147     
19,091     
11,455     
12,409     
5,820     
9,546     
9,281     

24,750     
31,125     
31,125     
31,125     
31,125     
24,750     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
31,125     
-     
31,125     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     

Total
($)

45,750 
70,075 
67,021 
75,721 
65,800 
45,750 
11,455 
3,147 
19,091 
11,455 
12,409 
36,945 
9,546 
40,406 

Name
Anne Darche(1)
Emilia Di Raddo(2)
Max Ludwig Fischer(3)
Pat De Marco(4)
Peter Robinson(5)
Susan L. Burkman(6)
Gary O'Connor(7)
Lorenzo Salvaggio(8)
Maurice Tousson(9)
Kathleen C. Tierney(10)
Michael J. Mardy(11)
Roland Walton(12)
Tyler Gage(13)
M. William Cleman(14)

Notes:

(1) Appointed as a director on August 23, 2018.

(2) Elected as a director in 2014 to present.

(3) Elected as a director on June 14, 2018.

(4) Elected as a director on June 14, 2018.

(5) Elected as a director on June 14, 2018.

(6) Appointed as a director on August 23, 2018.

(7) Resigned on June 14, 2018.

(8) Resigned as a director on March 5, 2018

(9) Resigned on June 14, 2018.

(10) Resigned on June 14, 2018.

(11) Resigned on June 14, 2018.

(12) Roland Walton was elected as a director on June 14, 2018 and resigned on July 9, 2018.

(13) Resigned June 14, 2018

(14) Elected as a director on June 14, 2018 and resigned on July 26, 2018.

(15) Director fees were paid in cash in Canadian dollars except for Ms. Tierney and Messrs.Gage and Mardy, who are all U.S. residents. Their respective

compensation was converted to U.S. dollars at the time of payment.

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The directors are reimbursed by the Company for the reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with attending
meetings of the Board of Directors and its committees including, to the extent applicable, the cost of travel on commercial or leased
aircraft.

95

 
 
Table of Contents

Value vested or earned during the year for directors

The  following  table  sets  out  information  regarding  option-based  awards  and  share-based  awards  that  vested  in  the  fiscal
year ended February 2, 2019 for our directors and former directors. All share based awards that vested in Fiscal 2018 are disclosed
in U.S. dollars.

Name
Tyler Gage
Gary O'Connor
Michael J. Mardy
Lorenzo Salvaggio
Sarah Segal
Kathleen C. Tierney
Maurice Tousson

Notes:

Non-equity
incentive
plan
compensation
-
Value earned
during

Share-based
awards -
Value vested
during

the year
($)

the year
($)

Option-
based
awards -
Value vested
during
the year(1)
(2)
(US $)

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   

28,875   
28,875   
42,896   
26,250   
42,896   
42,896   
71,771   

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

(1) Herschel Segal, Susan L. Burkman, Anne Darche, Pat De Marco, Max Ludwig Fischer and Peter Robinson, all current directors of the Company, do

not hold any stock options.

(2) M.  William  Cleman,  Tyler  Gage,  Michael  J.  Mardy,  David  W.  McCreight,  Gary  O’Connor,  Lorenzo  Salvaggio,  Kathleen  C.  Tierney,  Maurice

Tousson and Roland Walton, all former directors of the Company, did not hold any stock options.

(3) The value is calculated as if the stock options were exercised on the vesting date of each relevant grant. The value represents the difference between
the  option’s  exercise  price  and  the  closing  share  price  on  the  NASDAQ  on  the  vesting  date,  multiplied  by  the  number  of  shares  underlying  the
options that vested. As the Shares are traded only on the NASDAQ in US dollars, the exercise prices of the pre-IPO awards have been converted to
USD based on the noon buying rate of the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank of New York on February 2, 2019, the last business day of this fiscal year,
being $1.3095. For vesting dates prior to the IPO, the quarterly share valuation, as determined by our Board based in part on an independent third
party valuation, was used. The actual value earned, if any, will be different and will be based on the closing price of the Shares on the actual date of
exercise.

Indebtedness of Directors and Officers

As of March 29, 2019, no executive officer, director, proposed nominee for election as a director or employee, former or
present, of the Company was indebted to the Company including in respect of indebtedness to others where the indebtedness is the
subject of a guarantee, support agreement, letter of credit or other similar arrangement provided by the Company.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The  following  table  shows,  as  of  March  29,  2019,  the  number  of  common  shares  beneficially  owned  by  each  director,
director nominee and executive officer named in the Summary Compensation Table in Item 11 and all directors, director nominees
and executive officers as a group.

The following table and accompanying footnotes set forth information relating to the beneficial ownership of our common

shares as of March 29, 2019 by;

·

·

·

·

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding common shares,

each of our directors and director nominees,

each of our Named Executive Officers, and

all directors and executive officers as a group.

Our major shareholders do not have voting rights that are different from our shareholders in general.

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Table of Contents

Each shareholder’s percentage ownership is based on 26,011,817 common shares outstanding as of March 29, 2019.

Beneficial  ownership  is  determined  in  accordance  with  SEC  rules.  In  general,  under  these  rules  a  beneficial  owner  of  a
security  includes  any  person  who,  directly  or  indirectly,  through  any  contract,  arrangement,  understanding,  relationship  or
otherwise has or shares voting power or investment power with respect to such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial
owner of a security if that person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of such security within 60 days. Except as otherwise
indicated,  and  subject  to  applicable  community  property  laws,  the  persons  named  in  the  table  have  sole  voting  and  investment
power with respect to all common shares held by that person. Our common shares that a person has the right to acquire within 60
days of April 17, 2019 are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of such person holding, but are
not  deemed  outstanding  for  purposes  of  computing  the  percentage  ownership  of  any  other  person,  except  with  respect  to  the
percentage  ownership  of  all  directors,  director  nominees  and  executive  officers  as  a  group.  As  of  April  17,  2019,  33,974  shares
were owned by 3 United States holders of record.

Unless otherwise indicated below, the address for each beneficial owner listed is c/o DAVIDsTEA Inc., 5430 Ferrier,

Mount‑Royal, Québec, Canada, H4P 1M2.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The Company’s transfer agent and registrar is AST Trust Company, Montréal.

Name of beneficial owner

Beneficial Owners of more than 5% of our common shares and/or selling shareholders:
Rainy Day Investments Ltd.(1)

Named Executive Officers and Directors:
Herschel Segal(2)
Frank Zitella
Joe Bongiorno(3)
Sarah Segal(4)
Pat De Marco(5)
Emilia Di Raddo(6)
Max Ludwig Fischer(7)
Peter Robinson(8)
Susan L. Burkman(9)
Anne Darche
All executive officers and directors as a group(10)

Notes:

*

represents less than 1%.

Shares Beneficially Owned
as at April 17, 2019

  Number of

shares
(#)

    Percentage  
of shares
(%)

12,012,538     

46.18%

20,118   
-   
6,732   
18,870   
7,500   
21,243   
7,500   
7,500   
1,000   
-   
90,463   

* 
- 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
- 
* 

(1) Rainy Day Investments Ltd. (“Rainy Day”) is a company controlled by Herschel Segal, Chairman of the Board and Interim Chief Executive Officer
of the Company, who holds voting and investment control over the shares held by Rainy Day. The principal business address for Rainy Day is 5695
Ferrier, Mount Royal, Québec, Canada, H4P 1N1.

(2) Herschel Segal holds 18,595 DSUs and 1,523 common shares.

(3) Joe Bongiorno holds 2,232 RSUs and options to purchase 4,500 common shares.

(4) Sarah Segal holds 11,680 DSUs and 7,190 RSUs.

(5) Pat De Marco holds 7,500 DSUs.

(6) Emilia Di Raddo holds 7,500 RSUs and 13,743 common shares.

(7) Max Ludwig Fischer also holds 7,500 RSUs.

(8) Peter Robinson holds 7,500 DSUs.

(9) Susan L. Bukman holds 1,000 common shares.

(10) Includes RSUs and DSUs vesting, and options to purchase common shares exercisable, within 60 days of April 17, 2019.

   
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
 
    
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
97

 
Table of Contents

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Our Audit Committee reviews and approves related-party transactions or recommends related-party transactions for review

by independent members of our Board of Directors. Each of the transactions described below have been reviewed by our Audit
Committee.

We have entered into an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement with certain of our shareholders.

Arrangements with Our Investors

Investors’ Rights Agreement

In February 2014, in connection with the issuance of our Series A-1 preferred shares, we entered into an amended and
restated investors’ rights agreement, which was amended in December 2014 in connection with our issuance of our Series A-2
preferred shares. The agreement contains provisions related to registration rights, information and observation rights, rights to
future share issuances and approval rights by certain investors and/or their board designees. The information and observation rights,
rights to future share issuance and approval rights terminated as a result of our IPO.

Subject to certain conditions, holders of 20% or more of the Investor Registrable Shares or 20% or more of the Rainy Day
Registrable Securities (as those terms are defined in the agreement) have the right to demand that we register under the Securities
Act or under Canadian securities laws all or a portion of such shareholder or shareholders’ Registrable Securities at our expense.
Such rights became effective as of April 3, 2015. Upon the exercise of this right, we must give notice to all other parties who then
hold registrable securities, as defined in the agreement, to permit them to participate in the offering.

In addition, if we propose to register our common shares under the Securities Act or under any Canadian securities laws, we

must give prompt notice to each holder of registrable securities of our intent to do so and each such holder has piggyback
registration rights and is entitled to include any part of its registrable securities in such registration, subject to certain conditions.

Finally, at times when we are eligible to use a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 or Form F-3, holders of registrable
securities may demand that we file a Form S-3, F-3 or S-10 registration statement with respect to any or a portion of such holder’s
registrable securities having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, share
transfer taxes and certain other expenses, of at least $1 million. Upon receiving notice of such a demand, we must notify all other
holders to permit them to exercise piggyback registration rights with respect to such demand.

Director Independence

Five of our seven directors that make up our board of directors are considered independent under Canadian securities laws
and  the  NASDAQ  rules.  Under  these  rules,  Susan  L.  Burkman,  Anne  Darche,  Pat  De  Marco,  Max  Ludwig  Fischer  and  Peter
Robinson are considered independent, whereas Herschel Segal is not considered to be independent in that he is an executive officer
of the Company and Emilia Di Raddo is not considered to be independent in light of her long-standing business relationship with
Herschel  Segal.  The  independence  of  directors  is  determined  by  the  Board  based  on  the  results  of  independence  questionnaires
completed by each director annually, as well as other factual circumstances reviewed on an ongoing basis.

To  enhance  the  independent  judgment  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  the  independent  members  of  the  Board  of  Directors
frequently meet in the absence of members of management and the non-independent directors. An in camera session is scheduled
as  part  of  every  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and  its  committees  to  allow  independent  directors  to  meet  without  non-
independent  directors  and  members  of  management,  as  necessary.  All  non-independent  directors  are  responsible  to  the  Board  of
Directors as a whole and have a duty of care to the Company.

Five of our seven directors that make up the Board of Directors are considered “independent” pursuant to Section 1.4 of

Québec Regulation 52-110 respecting Audit Committees. Under these rules, Pat De Marco, Susan L. Burkman, Anne Darche, Max
Ludwig Fischer and Peter Robinson are considered independent, whereas Emilia Di Raddo and Herschel Segal are not considered
to be independent as a result of their respective relationships with the Company or their relationships with shareholders. The
independence of directors is determined by the Board based on the results of independence questionnaires completed by each
director annually, as well as other factual circumstances reviewed on an ongoing basis.

98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Family Relationships

Sarah Segal, the Chief Branding Officer of DAVIDsTEA, is the daughter of Herschel Segal, who is the owner of Rainy Day

Investments Ltd. (“Rainy Day”). Rainy Day owns approximately 46% of the outstanding shares of the company. Mr. Segal is our
Interim Chief Executive Officer and the Chairman of our Board of Directors.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The following table sets out the aggregate fees billed to the Company for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2019 and

February 3, 2018 by EY:

Audit fees (1)
Audit-related fees (2)
Tax fees (3)
All other fees (4)

Notes:

For the year ended
  February 2,     February 3,  

2019
$

2018
$

518,500     
-     
111,181     
-     
629,681     

478,000 
15,000 
73,845 
- 
566,845 

(1) Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of our consolidated annual financial statements and review of the
interim  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  our  quarterly  reports,  consultation  concerning  financial  reporting  and  accounting  standards,
translation  services,  and  services  provided  in  connection  with  statutory  and  regulatory  filings  or  engagements,  including  consent  procedures  in
connection with public filings.

(2) Audit-related fees consist of fees billed for related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our consolidated

financial statements and that are not reported under "Audit Fees", including fees billed in relation to our initial public offering.

(3) Tax fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning (domestic and international). These

services include assistance regarding federal, state and international tax compliance, and transfer pricing studies and advisory services.

(4) All other fees consist of fees for all other professional services and products rendered by EY.

All  fees  paid  and  payable  by  the  Company  to  EY  in  Fiscal  2018  and  Fiscal  2017  were  pre-approved  by  the  Company’s
Audit Committee pursuant to the procedures and policies set forth in the Audit Committee mandate. The Audit Committee's policy
is to pre-approve all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm. These
services may include audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other services. Pre-approval is generally provided for up
to one year and any pre-approval is detailed as to the particular service or category of services. The independent registered public
accounting  firm  and  management  are  required  to  periodically  report  to  the  Audit  Committee  regarding  the  extent  of  services
provided  by  the  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  in  accordance  with  this  pre-approval.  The  Chair  of  the  Audit
Committee is also authorized, pursuant to delegated authority, to pre-approve additional services on a case-by-case basis, and such
approvals are communicated to the full Audit Committee at its next meeting.

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K:

(a)(1) Financial Statements

The audited consolidated financial statements of the Company filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are

included in Part II, Item 8, and include:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
As of February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018:
Consolidated Balance Sheets

For the years ended February 2, 2019, February 3, 2018, and January 28, 2017:
Consolidated Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Consolidated Statements of Equity
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedule

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the consolidated

financial statements or notes thereto.

100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(a)(3) Exhibits

Exhibit
Number

Description of Document

Incorporated by Reference
(File No. 333-203219, unless otherwise
indicated)
Form

Filing Date

Exhibit Number

3.1
3.2
4.1
10.1

10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11

10.12

10.13

10.14

10.15

  Form of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of DAVIDsTEA Inc.
  Amended and Restated Bylaws of DAVIDsTEA Inc.
  Description of Share Capital

  F-1/A
  F-1

Credit  Facility  Letter  from  HSBC  Bank  Canada  to  DAVIDsTEA  Inc.  and  DAVIDsTEA
(USA) Inc., dated August 19, 2013, as amended

F-1

  F-1
  Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan, as amended
  2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan
  F-1
  Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Award Agreement under 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan   F-1
  F-1
  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement Under 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan
  F-1
  Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Officers
F-1

  5/18/2015
  4/2/2015
  5/2/2019
4/2/2015

  4/2/2015
  4/2/2015
  4/2/2015
  4/2/2015
  4/2/2015
4/2/2015

  3.1
  3.2
  Filed herewith

10.1

  10.3
  10.14
  10.15
  10.16
  10.17
10.41

to  Lease  Agreement  between  DAVIDsTEA  Inc.  and  Olymbec

Agreement of Lease between DAVIDsTEA Inc. and S. Rossy Investments Inc., dated July
22, 2013
Lease  Agreement  between  DAVIDsTEA  Inc.  and  Olymbec  Development  Inc.  (f/k/a
Olymbec Development (2004) Inc.), dated April 28, 2010
First  Addendum 
Development Inc. (f/k/a Olymbec Development (2004) Inc.), dated January 19, 2011
Second  Addendum  to  Lease  Agreement  between  DAVIDsTEA  Inc.  and  Olymbec
Development Inc. (f/k/a Olymbec Development (2004) Inc.), dated September 2, 2011
Third  Amendment  to  Lease  Agreement  between  DAVIDsTEA  Inc.  and  Olymbec
Development Inc. (f/k/a Olymbec Development (2004) Inc.), dated February 20, 2014
Month  to  Month  Tenancy  Agreement  by  and  between  Le  Chateau  Inc.  and  DAVIDsTEA
Inc., dated February 14, 2011
License Agreement by and between Le Chateau Inc. and DAVIDsTEA Inc., dated June 18,
2008
License  Agreement  Extension  by  and  between  Le  Chateau  Inc.  and  DAVIDsTEA  Inc.,
dated June 3, 2013
Agreement of Sublease by and between Le Chateau Inc. and DAVIDsTEA Inc., dated April
26, 2012

F-1

F-1

F-1

F-1

F-1

F-1

F-1

F-1

4/2/2015

10.42

4/2/2015

10.43

4/2/2015

10.44

4/2/2015

10.45

4/2/2015

10.46

4/2/2015

10.47

4/2/2015

10.48

4/2/2015

10.49

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Storage Agreement by and between Le Chateau Inc. and DAVIDsTEA Inc., dated May 28,
2012
Storage Agreement Extension by and between Le Chateau Inc. and DAVIDsTEA Inc., dated
February 14, 2014

F-1

F-1

4/2/2015

10.50

4/2/2015

10.51

Table of Contents

10.16

10.17

10.18
10.19

10.20

10.21

10.22

10.23

23.1
31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

  Short-Term Incentive Plan

Credit Agreement by and between DAVIDsTEA Inc., Bank of Montreal and BMO Capital
Markets, dated April 24, 2015
First Memorandum of Agreement between DAVIDsTEA (USA) Inc. and Christine Bullen,
dated January 31, 2017
Employment  Agreement  by  and  between  DAVIDsTEA  Inc.  and  Joel  Silver,  dated  March
13, 2017
Memorandum  of  Agreement  between  DAVIDsTEA  Inc.  and  Christine  Bullen,  dated  May
29, 2017
Executive  Employment  Agreement  between  DAVIDsTEA  Inc.  and  Howard  Tafler,  dated
September 7, 2017

  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Certification  of  Interim  Chief  Executive  Officer  pursuant  to  Section  302  of  the  Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002, relating to DAVIDsTEA Inc.
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002, relating to DAVIDsTEA Inc.
Certification  of  Interim  Chief  Executive  Officer  pursuant  to  Section  1350,  Chapter  63  of
Title 18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002, relating to DAVIDsTEA Inc.
Certification  of  Chief  Financial  Officer  pursuant  to  Section  1350,  Chapter  63  of  Title  18,
United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,
relating to DAVIDsTEA Inc.

101.INS
101.SCH
101.CAL
101.LAB
101.PRE
101.DEF

  101.INS XBRL Instance
  101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
  101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation
  101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels
  101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation
  101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None

102

  F-1

F-1/A

  4/2/2015
5/18/2015

  10.52
10.56

10-K

4/13/2017

10.40

8-K

8-K

3/13/2017

10.1

6/2/2017

10.1

10.1

10-Q

9/7/2017

  5/2/2019
5/2/2019

  Filed herewith
Filed herewith

5/2/2019

Filed herewith

5/2/2019

Filed herewith

5/2/2019

Filed herewith

  4/19/2018
  4/19/2018
  4/19/2018
  4/19/2018
  4/19/2018
  4/19/2018

  Filed herewith
  Filed herewith
  Filed herewith
  Filed herewith
  Filed herewith
  Filed herewith

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  the  registrant  has  duly  caused  this
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Date: May 2, 2019

DAVIDsTEA INC.

/s/ Herschel Segal

By:
Name: Herschel Segal

Title:

Interim  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chairman  of  the
Board

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on

behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

/s/ Herschel Segal
Name: Herschel Segal

/s/ Frank Zitella
Name: Frank Zitella

/s/ Pat De Marco
Name: Pat De Marco

/s/ Emilia Di Raddo
Name: Emilia Di Raddo

/s/ Max Ludwig Fisher
Name: Max Ludwig Fischer

/s/ Anne Darche
Name: Anne Darche

/s/ Susan L. Burkman
Name: Susan L. Burkman

/s/ Peter Robinson
Name: Peter Robinson

Date: May 2, 2019

Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
(principal executive officer)

Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer
(principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

EXHIBIT 4.1

                The following is a summary of the terms of our common shares (the “Common Shares”), as set forth in our Restated
Articles of Incorporation and any amendments thereto (the “Articles”), our By-Law 2015-1 (the “Bylaws”) and certain related
sections of the Canada Business Corporations Act (the “CBCA”). The following description of our share capital is intended as a
summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Articles, the Bylaws and applicable provisions of the CBCA.

Under the Articles, our share capital consists of an unlimited number of Common Shares, each without par value.

Share Capital

Voting Rights

The holders of our Common Shares are entitled to receive notice of and to attend all meetings of shareholders of the
Company and to vote thereat, except meetings at which only holders of a specified class of shares (other than Common Shares) or
specified series of shares are entitled to vote. At all meetings of which notice must be given to the holders of the Common Shares,
each holder of Common Shares is entitled to one vote in respect of each Common Share held by such holder.

Dividends

The holders of the Common Shares are entitled, subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to any

other class of shares of the Company, to receive any dividend declared by the Company.

We have never declared or paid regular cash dividends on our Common Shares. The declaration and payment of any

dividends in the future will be determined by our board of directors, in its discretion, and will depend on a number of factors,
including our earnings, capital requirements, overall financial condition, and contractual restrictions, including restrictions
contained in any agreements governing any indebtedness we may incur.

Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding-up

The holders of the Common Shares are entitled, subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to any
other class of shares of the Company, to receive the remaining property of the Company on a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up
of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or on any other return of capital or distribution of assets of the Company among
its shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs.

                Holders of Common Shares have no pre-emptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no
redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our Common Shares. There are no provisions in the Articles requiring holders
of Common Shares to contribute additional capital or permitting or restricting the issuance of additional securities or any other
material restrictions. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of Common Shares are subject to, and may be adversely
affected by, the rights of the holders of any series of preferred shares that may be authorized and designated in the future.

Certain Important Provisions of Our Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws and the CBCA

The following is a summary of certain important provisions of the Articles, the Bylaws and certain related sections of the

CBCA. Please note that this is only a summary and is not intended to be exhaustive. This summary is subject to, and is qualified in
its entirety by reference to, the provisions of the Articles, the Bylaws and applicable provisions of the CBCA.

Stated Objects or Purposes

The Articles do not contain stated objects or purposes and do not place any limitations on the business that we may carry

on.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors

Power to vote on matters in which a director is materially interested. The CBCA states that a director must disclose to us, in

accordance with the provisions of the CBCA, the nature and extent of any interest that the director has in a material contract or
material transaction, whether made or proposed, with us, if the director is a party to the contract or transaction, is a director or an
officer or an individual acting in a similar capacity of a party to the contract or transaction, or has a material interest in a party to
the contract or transaction.

A director who holds an interest in respect of any material contract or transaction into which we have entered or propose to

enter is not entitled to vote on any directors’ resolution to approve that contract or transaction, unless the contract or transaction:

·         relates primarily to the director’s remuneration as a director, officer, employee or agent of us or an affiliate;

·         is for indemnity or insurance otherwise permitted under the CBCA; or

·         is with an affiliate.

Borrowing. The Bylaws allow the board of directors, from time to time and on our behalf, to (a) borrow money upon the

credit of the Company, (b) issue, reissue, sell or pledge our debt obligations, (c) to the extent permitted under the CBCA, give,
directly or indirectly, financial assistance to any person by means of a loan or a guarantee to secure the performance of an
obligation or otherwise, and (d) mortgage, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise create a security interest in all or any of our property,
owned or subsequently acquired, to secure any of our obligations.

Directors’ power to determine the remuneration of directors. The CBCA provides that the remuneration of our directors, if
any, may be determined by the board of directors subject to the Articles and the Bylaws. That remuneration may be in addition to
any salary or other remuneration paid to any of our employees who are also directors.

Retirement or non-retirement of directors under an age limit requirement. Neither the Articles nor the CBCA impose any

mandatory age-related retirement or non-retirement requirement for our directors.

Number of shares required to be owned by a director.  Neither the Articles nor the CBCA provide that a director is required
to hold any of our shares as a qualification for holding his or her office. Our board of directors has discretion to prescribe minimum
share ownership requirements for directors.

Action Necessary to Change the Rights of Holders of Our Shares

Holders of our Common Shares can authorize the amendment of the Articles to create or vary the special rights or
restrictions attached to any of our shares by passing a special resolution. However, a right or special right attached to any class or
series of shares may not be prejudiced or interfered with unless the shareholders holding shares of that class or series to which the
right or special right is attached consent by a separate special resolution. A special resolution means a resolution passed by: (a) a
majority of not less than two-thirds of the votes cast by the applicable class or series of shareholders who vote in person or by
proxy at a meeting, or (b) a resolution consented to in writing by all of the shareholders entitled to vote holding the applicable class
or series of shares.

2

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholder Meetings

We must hold an annual meeting of our shareholders at least once every year at a time and place determined by our board of

directors, provided that the meeting must not be held later than 15 months after the preceding annual meeting. A meeting of our
shareholders may be held anywhere in Canada, or provided that all shareholders agree, anywhere outside Canada.

Our directors may, at any time, call a meeting of our shareholders. Shareholders holding not less than 5% of our issued

voting shares may also cause our directors to call a shareholders’ meeting in accordance with the CBCA.

A notice to convene a meeting, specifying the date, time and location of the meeting, and, where a meeting is to consider

special business, the general nature of the special business, must be sent to shareholders, to each director and to the auditor not less
than 21 days prior to the meeting, although, as a result of applicable securities laws, the time for notice is effectively longer. Under
the CBCA, shareholders entitled to notice of a meeting may waive or reduce the period of notice for that meeting, provided
applicable securities laws are met. The accidental omission to send notice of any meeting of shareholders to, or the non-receipt of
any notice by, any person entitled to notice does not invalidate any proceedings at that meeting.

A quorum for meetings of shareholders is that the number of persons present in person or represented by proxy, who hold
not less than one-third of the outstanding shares entitled to vote at the meeting, provided that quorum is not less than two persons.
If a quorum is not present at the opening of any meeting of shareholders, the shareholders present or represented by proxy may
adjourn the meeting to a fixed time and place but may not transact any further business.

Holders of our Common Shares are entitled to attend meetings of our shareholders. Our directors, our secretary (if any), our
auditor and any other persons invited by our Chairman or directors or with the consent of those at the meeting are entitled to attend
any meeting of our shareholders but will not be counted in the quorum or be entitled to vote at the meeting unless he or she is a
shareholder or proxyholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

Advance Notice Procedures and Shareholder Proposals

Under the CBCA, shareholders may make proposals for matters to be considered at the annual meeting of shareholders.

Such proposals must be sent to us in advance of any proposed meeting by delivering a timely written notice in proper form to our
registered office in accordance with the requirements of the CBCA. The notice must include information on the business the
shareholder intends to bring before the meeting.

In addition, the Bylaws require that shareholders provide us with advance notice of their intention to nominate any persons,

other than those nominated by management, for election to our board of directors at a meeting of shareholders.

These provisions could have the effect of delaying the nomination of certain persons for director that are favored by the

holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

The Articles do not contain any change of control limitations with respect to a merger, acquisition or corporate restructuring

that involves us.

Change of Control

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) may be permitted to
our directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of
the United States Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities
Act and is therefore unenforceable.

The transfer agent and registrar for our common shares is AST Trust Company, Montréal, Québec.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Exchange Controls

There is no limitation imposed by Canadian law or by the Articles on the right of a non-resident to hold or vote our

Common Shares, other than discussed below.

Competition Act

                Limitations on the ability to acquire and hold our Common Shares may be imposed by the Competition Act (Canada).
This legislation permits the Commissioner of Competition, or Commissioner, to review any acquisition or establishment, directly or
indirectly, including through the acquisition of shares, of control over or of a significant interest in us. This legislation grants the
Commissioner jurisdiction, for up to one year after the acquisition has been substantially completed, to seek a remedial order,
including an order to prohibit the acquisition or require divestitures, from the Canadian Competition Tribunal, which order may be
granted where the Competition Tribunal finds that the acquisition substantially prevents or lessens, or is likely to substantially
prevent or lessen, competition.

                This legislation also requires any person or persons who intend to acquire more than 20% of our voting shares or, if such
person or persons already own more than 20% of our voting shares prior to the acquisition, more than 50% of voting our shares, to
file a notification with the Canadian Competition Bureau if certain financial thresholds are exceeded. Where a notification is
required, unless an exemption is available, the legislation prohibits completion of the acquisition until the expiration of the
applicable statutory waiting period, unless the Commissioner either waives or terminates such waiting period.

Investment Canada Act

                The Investment Canada Act requires each “non Canadian” (as defined in the Investment Canada Act) who acquires
“control” of an existing “Canadian business”, to file a notification in prescribed form with the responsible federal government
department or departments not later than 30 days after closing, provided the acquisition of control is not a reviewable transaction by
Canadian authorities. Subject to certain exemptions, a transaction that is reviewable under the Investment Canada Act may not be
implemented until an application for review has been filed and the responsible Minister of the federal cabinet has determined that
the investment is likely to be of “net benefit to Canada” taking into account certain factors set out in the Investment Canada Act.
Under the Investment Canada Act, an investment in our Common Shares by a non-Canadian who is either: (a) a WTO investor (i.e.,
controlled ultimately by nationals or permanent residents of World Trade Organization member countries, including the United
States) or (b) a trade agreement investor (i.e., controlled ultimately by nationals or permanent residents of countries with whom
Canada has a trade agreement, including the United States) but who is not a state-owned enterprise, would be reviewable only if it
were an investment to acquire control of us pursuant to the Investment Canada Act and our enterprise value was equal to or greater
than specified amounts, which vary annually. For 2019, the specified review threshold amounts for WTO investors and trade
agreement investors who are not state-owned enterprises are $1.045 billion and $1.568 billion in enterprise value, respectively.

4

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                The Investment Canada Act contains various rules to determine if there has been an acquisition of control. For example,
for purposes of determining whether an investor has acquired control of a corporation by acquiring shares, the following general
rules apply, subject to certain exceptions: the acquisition of a majority of the undivided ownership interests in the voting shares of
the corporation is deemed to be acquisition of control of that corporation; the acquisition of less than a majority, but one-third or
more, of the voting shares of a corporation or of an equivalent undivided ownership interest in the voting shares of the corporation
is presumed to be acquisition of control of that corporation unless it can be established that, on the acquisition, the corporation is
not controlled in fact by the acquirer through the ownership of voting shares; and the acquisition of less than one third of the voting
shares of a corporation or of an equivalent undivided ownership interest in the voting shares of the corporation is deemed not to be
acquisition of control of that corporation.

                Under the national security review regime in the Investment Canada Act, review on a discretionary basis may also be
undertaken by the federal government in respect to a much broader range of investments by a non-Canadian to “acquire, in whole
or part, or to establish an entity carrying on all or any part of its operations in Canada”. No financial threshold applies to a national
security review. The relevant test is whether such investment by a non-Canadian could be “injurious to national security”. The
federal government has broad discretion to determine whether an investor is a non-Canadian and therefore subject to national
security review. Review on national security grounds is at the discretion of the Canadian government, and may occur on a pre- or
post-closing basis.

                Certain transactions relating to our Common Shares will generally be exempt from the Investment Canada Act, subject to
the federal government’s prerogative to conduct a national security review, including:

a) the acquisition of our Common Shares by a person in the ordinary course of that person’s business as a trader or
dealer in securities;

b) the acquisition of control of us in connection with the realization of security granted for a loan or other financial
assistance and not for any purpose related to the provisions of the Investment Canada Act; and

c) the acquisition of control of us by reason of an amalgamation, merger, consolidation or corporate reorganization
following which the ultimate direct or indirect control in fact of us, through ownership of our Common Shares,
remains unchanged.

Other

Certain Canadian Income Tax Considerations for United States Shareholders

The following summarizes, as of the date hereof, certain Canadian federal income tax considerations generally applicable under the
Income Tax Act (Canada) and the regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Canadian Tax Act”) and the Canada-United States Tax
Convention (1980), as amended (the “Convention”) to the holding and disposition of our Common Shares.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This summary is restricted to beneficial owners of our Common Shares each of whom, at all relevant times and for purposes of the
Canadian  Tax  Act  and  the  Convention:  (i)  is  neither  resident  nor  deemed  to  be  resident  in  Canada;  (ii)  is  resident  solely  in  the
United States and is entitled to benefits of the Convention; (iii) does not use or hold, and is not deemed to use or hold, our Common
Shares  in,  or  in  the  course  of,  carrying  on  a  business  in  Canada;  (iv)  deals  at  arm’s  length  with  and  is  not  affiliated  with  the
Company;  (v)  holds  our  Common  Shares  as  capital  property;  and  (vi)  is  not  an  “authorized  foreign  bank”  (as  defined  in  the
Canadian  Tax  Act)  or  an  insurer  that  carries  on  business  in  Canada  and  elsewhere  (each  such  holder,  a  “US  Resident  Holder”).
Generally, a US Resident Holder’s Common Shares will be considered to be capital property of the holder provided that the holder
is not a trader or dealer in securities, does not acquire, hold or dispose of (or is not deemed to have acquired, held or disposed of)
our Common Shares in one or more transactions considered to be an adventure or concern in the nature of trade, and does not hold
or use (or is not deemed to hold or use) our Common Shares in the course of carrying on a business.

This summary is based upon the current provisions of the Canadian Tax Act and the Convention in effect as of the date hereof, and
the  Company’s  understanding  of  the  current  published  administrative  policies  and  assessing  practices  of  the  Canada  Revenue
Agency (“CRA”) published in writing prior to the date hereof. This summary does not anticipate or take into account any changes
in law or in the administrative policies or assessing practices of the CRA, whether by legislative, governmental or judicial decision
or action, except only the specific proposals to amend the Canadian Tax Act publicly and officially announced by or on behalf of
the Minister of Finance (Canada) prior to the date hereof (the “Tax Proposals”). This summary assumes that the Tax Proposals will
be enacted in the form proposed. This summary does not take into account any other federal or any provincial, territorial or foreign
tax legislation or considerations, which may differ significantly from those set out herein. No assurances can be given that the Tax
Proposals will be enacted as proposed or at all, or that legislative, judicial or administrative changes will not modify or change the
statements expressed herein.

This summary is of a general nature only, is not exhaustive of all possible Canadian federal income tax considerations, and is not
intended and should not be construed as legal or tax advice to any particular US Resident Holder. No representations with respect
to  the  income  tax  consequences  to  any  prospective  purchaser  or  holder  of  our  Common  Shares  are  made  herein.  Accordingly,
prospective  purchasers  or  holders  of  our  Common  Shares  are  urged  to  consult  their  own  tax  advisors  with  respect  to  their  own
particular circumstances.

Taxation of Dividends

Under  the  Canadian  Tax  Act,  dividends  paid  or  credited,  or  deemed  to  be  paid  or  credited,  to  a  US  Resident  Holder  on  our
Common Shares will be subject to Canadian withholding tax at a rate of 25% of the gross amount of such dividends, unless the rate
is  reduced  under  the  Convention.  Under  the  Convention,  the  rate  of  withholding  tax  on  dividends  applicable  to  US  Resident
Holders who are entitled to benefits under the Convention and beneficially own the dividends is generally reduced to 15% (or, if
the US Resident Holder is a company that owns at least 10% of the voting shares of the Company, 5%) of the gross amount of such
dividends.

Disposition of Common Shares

Generally, a US Resident Holder will not be subject to tax under the Canadian Tax Act in respect of any capital gain realized by
such  US  Resident  Holder  on  a  disposition  or  deemed  disposition  of  our  Common  Shares  unless  our  Common  Shares  constitute
“taxable Canadian property” of the US Resident Holder and are not “treaty-protected property” (each as defined in the Canadian
Tax Act). Common Shares of the Company generally will not be “taxable Canadian property” to a holder provided that, at the time
of  the  disposition  or  deemed  disposition,  the  Common  Shares  are  listed  on  a  “designated  stock  exchange”  for  purposes  of  the
Canadian Tax Act (which currently includes the NASDAQ), unless at any time during the 60-month period immediately preceding
the  disposition  of  the  Common  Shares  the  following  two  conditions  are  met  concurrently:  (a)  (i)  the  US  Resident  Holder,
(ii) persons with whom the US Resident Holder did not deal at arm’s length, (iii) partnerships in which the US Resident Holder or a
person described in (ii) holds a membership interest directly or indirectly through one or more partnerships, or (iv) any combination
of the persons and partnerships described in (i) through (iii), owned 25% or more of the issued shares of any class or series of the
capital  stock  of  the  Company;  and  (b)  more  than  50%  of  the  fair  market  value  of  the  Common  Shares  was  derived  directly  or
indirectly, from one or any combination of real or immovable property situated in Canada, “Canadian resource properties”, “timber
resource properties” (each as defined in the Canadian Tax Act), and options in respect of or interests in, or for civil law rights in,
any such properties (whether or not such property exists). In certain circumstances set out in the Canadian Tax Act, the Common
Shares may be deemed to be “taxable Canadian property”.

Even if the Common Shares are taxable Canadian property to a US Resident Holder, any capital gain realized on the disposition or
deemed disposition of such Common Shares will not be subject to tax under the Canadian Tax Act provided that the value of such
Common Shares is not derived principally from real property situated in Canada (within the meaning of the Convention).

A US Resident Holder contemplating a disposition of our Common Shares that may constitute taxable Canadian property should
consult a tax advisor prior to such disposition.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-205058) pertaining to the Amended
and Restated Equity Incentive Plan and 2015 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan of DAVIDsTEA Inc. of our report dated May 2, 2019,
with respect to the consolidated financial statements of DAVIDsTEA Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year
ended February 2, 2019.

EXHIBIT 23.1

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP1

Montreal, Canada

May 2, 2019

1 CPA, Auditor, CA, public accountancy permit no. A123806

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT RULES 13a-14 and 15d-14
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 31.1

I, Frank Zitella, Chief Financial Officer, certify that:

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of DAVIDsTEA Inc.;

Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the
statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  such  statements  were  made,  not  misleading  with  respect  to  the  period  covered  by  this
report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and the other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in
Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f))  for  the
registrant and have:

a.

b.

c.

d.

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision to
ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a.

b.

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably
likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control
over financial reporting.

Date: May 2, 2019

/s/ Frank Zitella
Frank Zitella
Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT RULES 13a-14 and 15d-14
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 EXHIBIT 31.2

I, Herschel Segal, Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, certify that:

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of DAVIDsTEA Inc.;

Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the
statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  such  statements  were  made,  not  misleading  with  respect  to  the  period  covered  by  this
report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and the other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in
Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f))  for  the
registrant and have:

a.

b.

c.

d.

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision to
ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a.

b.

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably
likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control
over financial reporting.

Date: May 2, 2019

/s/ Herschel Segal
Herschel Segal
Interim  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chairman  of  the
Board

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 1350, CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18, UNITED STATES CODE,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 32.1

Pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, the undersigned, as Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of DAVIDsTEA Inc. (the
“Company”), does hereby certify that to my knowledge:

1.

2.

the  Company’s  Form  10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  February  2,  2019  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of  Section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 

the information contained in the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2019 fairly presents, in all material respects, the
financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: May 2, 2019 

By: /s/ Herschel Segal

Name: Herschel Segal
Title: Interim Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 1350, CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18, UNITED STATES CODE,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 32.2

Pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, the undersigned, as Chief Financial Officer of DAVIDsTEA Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby certify that to my
knowledge:

1.

2.

the  Company’s  Form  10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  February  2,  2019  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of  Section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

the information contained in the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2019 fairly presents, in all material respects, the
financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: May 2, 2019

By: /s/ Frank Zitella

Name: Frank Zitella
Title: Chief Financial Officer